tcc.c

   1 /*
   2  *  TCC - Tiny C Compiler
   3  *
   4  *  Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
   5  *
   6  * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   7  * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   8  * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   9  * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  10  *
  11  * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  12  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  13  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  14  * Lesser General Public License for more details.
  15  *
  16  * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
  17  * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
  18  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  19  */
  20 #define _GNU_SOURCE
  21 #include "config.h"
  22
  23 #ifdef CONFIG_TCCBOOT
  24
  25 #include "tccboot.h"
  26 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  27
  28 #else
  29
  30 #include <stdlib.h>
  31 #include <stdio.h>
  32 #include <stdarg.h>
  33 #include <string.h>
  34 #include <errno.h>
  35 #include <math.h>
  36 #include <unistd.h>
  37 #include <signal.h>
  38 #include <fcntl.h>
  39 #include <setjmp.h>
  40 #include <time.h>
  41 #ifdef _WIN32
  42 #include <sys/timeb.h>
  43 #include <windows.h>
  44 #endif
  45 #ifndef _WIN32
  46 #include <sys/time.h>
  47 #include <sys/ucontext.h>
  48 #include <sys/mman.h>
  49 #endif
  50
  51 #endif /* !CONFIG_TCCBOOT */
  52
  53 #ifndef PAGESIZE
  54 #define PAGESIZE 4096
  55 #endif
  56
  57 #include "elf.h"
  58 #include "stab.h"
  59
  60 #ifndef O_BINARY
  61 #define O_BINARY 0
  62 #endif
  63
  64 #include "libtcc.h"
  65
  66 /* parser debug */
  67 //#define PARSE_DEBUG
  68 /* preprocessor debug */
  69 //#define PP_DEBUG
  70 /* include file debug */
  71 //#define INC_DEBUG
  72
  73 //#define MEM_DEBUG
  74
  75 /* assembler debug */
  76 //#define ASM_DEBUG
  77
  78 /* target selection */
  79 //#define TCC_TARGET_I386   /* i386 code generator */
  80 //#define TCC_TARGET_ARM    /* ARMv4 code generator */
  81 //#define TCC_TARGET_C67    /* TMS320C67xx code generator */
  82
  83 /* default target is I386 */
  84 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  85     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  86 #define TCC_TARGET_I386
  87 #endif
  88
  89 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_UCLIBC) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  90     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  91 #define CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK /* enable bound checking code */
  92 #endif
  93
  94 #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_PE)
  95 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  96 #endif
  97
  98 /* define it to include assembler support */
  99 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 100 #define CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 101 #endif
 102
 103 /* object format selection */
 104 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 105 #define TCC_TARGET_COFF
 106 #endif
 107
 108 #define FALSE 0
 109 #define false 0
 110 #define TRUE 1
 111 #define true 1
 112 typedef int BOOL;
 113
 114 /* path to find crt1.o, crti.o and crtn.o. Only needed when generating
 115    executables or dlls */
 116 #define CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/usr/lib"
 117
 118 #define INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE  32
 119 #define IFDEF_STACK_SIZE    64
 120 #define VSTACK_SIZE         256
 121 #define STRING_MAX_SIZE     1024
 122 #define PACK_STACK_SIZE     8
 123
 124 #define TOK_HASH_SIZE       8192 /* must be a power of two */
 125 #define TOK_ALLOC_INCR      512  /* must be a power of two */
 126 #define TOK_MAX_SIZE        4 /* token max size in int unit when stored in string */
 127
 128 /* token symbol management */
 129 typedef struct TokenSym {
 130     struct TokenSym *hash_next;
 131     struct Sym *sym_define; /* direct pointer to define */
 132     struct Sym *sym_label; /* direct pointer to label */
 133     struct Sym *sym_struct; /* direct pointer to structure */
 134     struct Sym *sym_identifier; /* direct pointer to identifier */
 135     int tok; /* token number */
 136     int len;
 137     char str[1];
 138 } TokenSym;
 139
 140 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 141 typedef unsigned short nwchar_t;
 142 #else
 143 typedef int nwchar_t;
 144 #endif
 145
 146 typedef struct CString {
 147     int size; /* size in bytes */
 148     void *data; /* either 'char *' or 'nwchar_t *' */
 149     int size_allocated;
 150     void *data_allocated; /* if non NULL, data has been malloced */
 151 } CString;
 152
 153 /* type definition */
 154 typedef struct CType {
 155     int t;
 156     struct Sym *ref;
 157 } CType;
 158
 159 /* constant value */
 160 typedef union CValue {
 161     long double ld;
 162     double d;
 163     float f;
 164     int i;
 165     unsigned int ui;
 166     unsigned int ul; /* address (should be unsigned long on 64 bit cpu) */
 167     long long ll;
 168     unsigned long long ull;
 169     struct CString *cstr;
 170     void *ptr;
 171     int tab[1];
 172 } CValue;
 173
 174 /* value on stack */
 175 typedef struct SValue {
 176     CType type;      /* type */
 177     unsigned short r;      /* register + flags */
 178     unsigned short r2;     /* second register, used for 'long long'
 179                               type. If not used, set to VT_CONST */
 180     CValue c;              /* constant, if VT_CONST */
 181     struct Sym *sym;       /* symbol, if (VT_SYM | VT_CONST) */
 182 } SValue;
 183
 184 /* symbol management */
 185 typedef struct Sym {
 186     int v;    /* symbol token */
 187     int r;    /* associated register */
 188     int c;    /* associated number */
 189     CType type;    /* associated type */
 190     struct Sym *next; /* next related symbol */
 191     struct Sym *prev; /* prev symbol in stack */
 192     struct Sym *prev_tok; /* previous symbol for this token */
 193 } Sym;
 194
 195 /* section definition */
 196 /* XXX: use directly ELF structure for parameters ? */
 197 /* special flag to indicate that the section should not be linked to
 198    the other ones */
 199 #define SHF_PRIVATE 0x80000000
 200
 201 typedef struct Section {
 202     unsigned long data_offset; /* current data offset */
 203     unsigned char *data;       /* section data */
 204     unsigned long data_allocated; /* used for realloc() handling */
 205     int sh_name;             /* elf section name (only used during output) */
 206     int sh_num;              /* elf section number */
 207     int sh_type;             /* elf section type */
 208     int sh_flags;            /* elf section flags */
 209     int sh_info;             /* elf section info */
 210     int sh_addralign;        /* elf section alignment */
 211     int sh_entsize;          /* elf entry size */
 212     unsigned long sh_size;   /* section size (only used during output) */
 213     unsigned long sh_addr;      /* address at which the section is relocated */
 214     unsigned long sh_offset;    /* file offset */
 215     int nb_hashed_syms;      /* used to resize the hash table */
 216     struct Section *link;    /* link to another section */
 217     struct Section *reloc;   /* corresponding section for relocation, if any */
 218     struct Section *hash;     /* hash table for symbols */
 219     struct Section *next;
 220     char name[1];           /* section name */
 221 } Section;
 222
 223 typedef struct DLLReference {
 224     int level;
 225     void *handle;
 226     char name[1];
 227 } DLLReference;
 228
 229 /* GNUC attribute definition */
 230 typedef struct AttributeDef {
 231     int aligned;
 232     int packed;
 233     Section *section;
 234     int func_attr; /* calling convention, exports, ... */
 235 } AttributeDef;
 236
 237 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 238 /* gr: wrappers for casting sym->r for other purposes */
 239 typedef struct {
 240     unsigned
 241       func_call : 8,
 242       func_args : 8,
 243       func_export : 1;
 244 } func_attr_t;
 245
 246 #define FUNC_CALL(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_call)
 247 #define FUNC_EXPORT(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_export)
 248 #define FUNC_ARGS(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_args)
 249 #define INLINE_DEF(r) (*(int **)&(r))
 250 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 251
 252 #define SYM_STRUCT     0x40000000 /* struct/union/enum symbol space */
 253 #define SYM_FIELD      0x20000000 /* struct/union field symbol space */
 254 #define SYM_FIRST_ANOM 0x10000000 /* first anonymous sym */
 255
 256 /* stored in 'Sym.c' field */
 257 #define FUNC_NEW       1 /* ansi function prototype */
 258 #define FUNC_OLD       2 /* old function prototype */
 259 #define FUNC_ELLIPSIS  3 /* ansi function prototype with ... */
 260
 261 /* stored in 'Sym.r' field */
 262 #define FUNC_CDECL     0 /* standard c call */
 263 #define FUNC_STDCALL   1 /* pascal c call */
 264 #define FUNC_FASTCALL1 2 /* first param in %eax */
 265 #define FUNC_FASTCALL2 3 /* first parameters in %eax, %edx */
 266 #define FUNC_FASTCALL3 4 /* first parameter in %eax, %edx, %ecx */
 267 #define FUNC_FASTCALLW 5 /* first parameter in %ecx, %edx */
 268
 269 /* field 'Sym.t' for macros */
 270 #define MACRO_OBJ      0 /* object like macro */
 271 #define MACRO_FUNC     1 /* function like macro */
 272
 273 /* field 'Sym.r' for C labels */
 274 #define LABEL_DEFINED  0 /* label is defined */
 275 #define LABEL_FORWARD  1 /* label is forward defined */
 276 #define LABEL_DECLARED 2 /* label is declared but never used */
 277
 278 /* type_decl() types */
 279 #define TYPE_ABSTRACT  1 /* type without variable */
 280 #define TYPE_DIRECT    2 /* type with variable */
 281
 282 #define IO_BUF_SIZE 8192
 283
 284 typedef struct BufferedFile {
 285     uint8_t *buf_ptr;
 286     uint8_t *buf_end;
 287     int fd;
 288     int line_num;    /* current line number - here to simplify code */
 289     int ifndef_macro;  /* #ifndef macro / #endif search */
 290     int ifndef_macro_saved; /* saved ifndef_macro */
 291     int *ifdef_stack_ptr; /* ifdef_stack value at the start of the file */
 292     char inc_type;          /* type of include */
 293     char inc_filename[512]; /* filename specified by the user */
 294     char filename[1024];    /* current filename - here to simplify code */
 295     unsigned char buffer[IO_BUF_SIZE + 1]; /* extra size for CH_EOB char */
 296 } BufferedFile;
 297
 298 #define CH_EOB   '\\'       /* end of buffer or '\0' char in file */
 299 #define CH_EOF   (-1)   /* end of file */
 300
 301 /* parsing state (used to save parser state to reparse part of the
 302    source several times) */
 303 typedef struct ParseState {
 304     int *macro_ptr;
 305     int line_num;
 306     int tok;
 307     CValue tokc;
 308 } ParseState;
 309
 310 /* used to record tokens */
 311 typedef struct TokenString {
 312     int *str;
 313     int len;
 314     int allocated_len;
 315     int last_line_num;
 316 } TokenString;
 317
 318 /* include file cache, used to find files faster and also to eliminate
 319    inclusion if the include file is protected by #ifndef ... #endif */
 320 typedef struct CachedInclude {
 321     int ifndef_macro;
 322     int hash_next; /* -1 if none */
 323     char type; /* '"' or '>' to give include type */
 324     char filename[1]; /* path specified in #include */
 325 } CachedInclude;
 326
 327 #define CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE 512
 328
 329 /* parser */
 330 static struct BufferedFile *file;
 331 static int ch, tok;
 332 static CValue tokc;
 333 static CString tokcstr; /* current parsed string, if any */
 334 /* additional informations about token */
 335 static int tok_flags;
 336 #define TOK_FLAG_BOL   0x0001 /* beginning of line before */
 337 #define TOK_FLAG_BOF   0x0002 /* beginning of file before */
 338 #define TOK_FLAG_ENDIF 0x0004 /* a endif was found matching starting #ifdef */
 339 #define TOK_FLAG_EOF   0x0008 /* end of file */
 340
 341 static int *macro_ptr, *macro_ptr_allocated;
 342 static int *unget_saved_macro_ptr;
 343 static int unget_saved_buffer[TOK_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 344 static int unget_buffer_enabled;
 345 static int parse_flags;
 346 #define PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS 0x0001 /* activate preprocessing */
 347 #define PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM    0x0002 /* return numbers instead of TOK_PPNUM */
 348 #define PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED   0x0004 /* line feed is returned as a
 349                                         token. line feed is also
 350                                         returned at eof */
 351 #define PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS 0x0008 /* '#' can be used for line comment */
 352
 353 static Section *text_section, *data_section, *bss_section; /* predefined sections */
 354 static Section *cur_text_section; /* current section where function code is
 355                               generated */
 356 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 357 static Section *last_text_section; /* to handle .previous asm directive */
 358 #endif
 359 /* bound check related sections */
 360 static Section *bounds_section; /* contains global data bound description */
 361 static Section *lbounds_section; /* contains local data bound description */
 362 /* symbol sections */
 363 static Section *symtab_section, *strtab_section;
 364
 365 /* debug sections */
 366 static Section *stab_section, *stabstr_section;
 367
 368 /* loc : local variable index
 369    ind : output code index
 370    rsym: return symbol
 371    anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
 372 */
 373 static int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
 374 /* expression generation modifiers */
 375 static int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
 376 static int nocode_wanted; /* true if no code generation wanted for an expression */
 377 static int global_expr;  /* true if compound literals must be allocated
 378                             globally (used during initializers parsing */
 379 static CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return
 380                          instruction) */
 381 static int func_vc;
 382 static int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
 383 static int tok_ident;
 384 static TokenSym **table_ident;
 385 static TokenSym *hash_ident[TOK_HASH_SIZE];
 386 static char token_buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 387 static char *funcname;
 388 static Sym *global_stack, *local_stack;
 389 static Sym *define_stack;
 390 static Sym *global_label_stack, *local_label_stack;
 391 /* symbol allocator */
 392 #define SYM_POOL_NB (8192 / sizeof(Sym))
 393 static Sym *sym_free_first;
 394 static void **sym_pools;
 395 static int nb_sym_pools;
 396
 397 static SValue vstack[VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop;
 398 /* some predefined types */
 399 static CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type;
 400 /* true if isid(c) || isnum(c) */
 401 static unsigned char isidnum_table[256-CH_EOF];
 402
 403 /* display some information during compilation */
 404 static int verbose = 0;
 405
 406 /* compile with debug symbol (and use them if error during execution) */
 407 static int do_debug = 0;
 408
 409 /* compile with built-in memory and bounds checker */
 410 static int do_bounds_check = 0;
 411
 412 /* display benchmark infos */
 413 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
 414 static int do_bench = 0;
 415 #endif
 416 static int total_lines;
 417 static int total_bytes;
 418
 419 /* use GNU C extensions */
 420 static int gnu_ext = 1;
 421
 422 /* use Tiny C extensions */
 423 static int tcc_ext = 1;
 424
 425 /* max number of callers shown if error */
 426 static int num_callers = 6;
 427 static const char **rt_bound_error_msg;
 428
 429 /* XXX: get rid of this ASAP */
 430 static struct TCCState *tcc_state;
 431
 432 /* give the path of the tcc libraries */
 433 static const char *tcc_lib_path = CONFIG_TCCDIR;
 434
 435 struct TCCState {
 436     int output_type;
 437
 438     BufferedFile **include_stack_ptr;
 439     int *ifdef_stack_ptr;
 440
 441     /* include file handling */
 442     char **include_paths;
 443     int nb_include_paths;
 444     char **sysinclude_paths;
 445     int nb_sysinclude_paths;
 446     CachedInclude **cached_includes;
 447     int nb_cached_includes;
 448
 449     char **library_paths;
 450     int nb_library_paths;
 451
 452     /* array of all loaded dlls (including those referenced by loaded
 453        dlls) */
 454     DLLReference **loaded_dlls;
 455     int nb_loaded_dlls;
 456
 457     /* sections */
 458     Section **sections;
 459     int nb_sections; /* number of sections, including first dummy section */
 460
 461     /* got handling */
 462     Section *got;
 463     Section *plt;
 464     unsigned long *got_offsets;
 465     int nb_got_offsets;
 466     /* give the correspondance from symtab indexes to dynsym indexes */
 467     int *symtab_to_dynsym;
 468
 469     /* temporary dynamic symbol sections (for dll loading) */
 470     Section *dynsymtab_section;
 471     /* exported dynamic symbol section */
 472     Section *dynsym;
 473
 474     int nostdinc; /* if true, no standard headers are added */
 475     int nostdlib; /* if true, no standard libraries are added */
 476
 477     int nocommon; /* if true, do not use common symbols for .bss data */
 478
 479     /* if true, static linking is performed */
 480     int static_link;
 481
 482     /* soname as specified on the command line (-soname) */
 483     const char *soname;
 484
 485     /* if true, all symbols are exported */
 486     int rdynamic;
 487
 488     /* if true, only link in referenced objects from archive */
 489     int alacarte_link;
 490
 491     /* address of text section */
 492     unsigned long text_addr;
 493     int has_text_addr;
 494
 495     /* output format, see TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_xxx */
 496     int output_format;
 497
 498     /* C language options */
 499     int char_is_unsigned;
 500     int leading_underscore;
 501
 502     /* warning switches */
 503     int warn_write_strings;
 504     int warn_unsupported;
 505     int warn_error;
 506     int warn_none;
 507     int warn_implicit_function_declaration;
 508
 509     /* error handling */
 510     void *error_opaque;
 511     void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg);
 512     int error_set_jmp_enabled;
 513     jmp_buf error_jmp_buf;
 514     int nb_errors;
 515
 516     /* tiny assembler state */
 517     Sym *asm_labels;
 518
 519     /* see include_stack_ptr */
 520     BufferedFile *include_stack[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
 521
 522     /* see ifdef_stack_ptr */
 523     int ifdef_stack[IFDEF_STACK_SIZE];
 524
 525     /* see cached_includes */
 526     int cached_includes_hash[CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE];
 527
 528     /* pack stack */
 529     int pack_stack[PACK_STACK_SIZE];
 530     int *pack_stack_ptr;
 531
 532     /* output file for preprocessing */
 533     FILE *outfile;
 534 };
 535
 536 /* The current value can be: */
 537 #define VT_VALMASK   0x00ff
 538 #define VT_CONST     0x00f0  /* constant in vc
 539                               (must be first non register value) */
 540 #define VT_LLOCAL    0x00f1  /* lvalue, offset on stack */
 541 #define VT_LOCAL     0x00f2  /* offset on stack */
 542 #define VT_CMP       0x00f3  /* the value is stored in processor flags (in vc) */
 543 #define VT_JMP       0x00f4  /* value is the consequence of jmp true (even) */
 544 #define VT_JMPI      0x00f5  /* value is the consequence of jmp false (odd) */
 545 #define VT_LVAL      0x0100  /* var is an lvalue */
 546 #define VT_SYM       0x0200  /* a symbol value is added */
 547 #define VT_MUSTCAST  0x0400  /* value must be casted to be correct (used for
 548                                 char/short stored in integer registers) */
 549 #define VT_MUSTBOUND 0x0800  /* bound checking must be done before
 550                                 dereferencing value */
 551 #define VT_BOUNDED   0x8000  /* value is bounded. The address of the
 552                                 bounding function call point is in vc */
 553 #define VT_LVAL_BYTE     0x1000  /* lvalue is a byte */
 554 #define VT_LVAL_SHORT    0x2000  /* lvalue is a short */
 555 #define VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED 0x4000  /* lvalue is unsigned */
 556 #define VT_LVAL_TYPE     (VT_LVAL_BYTE | VT_LVAL_SHORT | VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
 557
 558 /* types */
 559 #define VT_INT        0  /* integer type */
 560 #define VT_BYTE       1  /* signed byte type */
 561 #define VT_SHORT      2  /* short type */
 562 #define VT_VOID       3  /* void type */
 563 #define VT_PTR        4  /* pointer */
 564 #define VT_ENUM       5  /* enum definition */
 565 #define VT_FUNC       6  /* function type */
 566 #define VT_STRUCT     7  /* struct/union definition */
 567 #define VT_FLOAT      8  /* IEEE float */
 568 #define VT_DOUBLE     9  /* IEEE double */
 569 #define VT_LDOUBLE   10  /* IEEE long double */
 570 #define VT_BOOL      11  /* ISOC99 boolean type */
 571 #define VT_LLONG     12  /* 64 bit integer */
 572 #define VT_LONG      13  /* long integer (NEVER USED as type, only
 573                             during parsing) */
 574 #define VT_BTYPE      0x000f /* mask for basic type */
 575 #define VT_UNSIGNED   0x0010  /* unsigned type */
 576 #define VT_ARRAY      0x0020  /* array type (also has VT_PTR) */
 577 #define VT_BITFIELD   0x0040  /* bitfield modifier */
 578 #define VT_CONSTANT   0x0800  /* const modifier */
 579 #define VT_VOLATILE   0x1000  /* volatile modifier */
 580 #define VT_SIGNED     0x2000  /* signed type */
 581
 582 /* storage */
 583 #define VT_EXTERN  0x00000080  /* extern definition */
 584 #define VT_STATIC  0x00000100  /* static variable */
 585 #define VT_TYPEDEF 0x00000200  /* typedef definition */
 586 #define VT_INLINE  0x00000400  /* inline definition */
 587
 588 #define VT_STRUCT_SHIFT 16   /* shift for bitfield shift values */
 589
 590 /* type mask (except storage) */
 591 #define VT_STORAGE (VT_EXTERN | VT_STATIC | VT_TYPEDEF | VT_INLINE)
 592 #define VT_TYPE    (~(VT_STORAGE))
 593
 594 /* token values */
 595
 596 /* warning: the following compare tokens depend on i386 asm code */
 597 #define TOK_ULT 0x92
 598 #define TOK_UGE 0x93
 599 #define TOK_EQ  0x94
 600 #define TOK_NE  0x95
 601 #define TOK_ULE 0x96
 602 #define TOK_UGT 0x97
 603 #define TOK_Nset 0x98
 604 #define TOK_Nclear 0x99
 605 #define TOK_LT  0x9c
 606 #define TOK_GE  0x9d
 607 #define TOK_LE  0x9e
 608 #define TOK_GT  0x9f
 609
 610 #define TOK_LAND  0xa0
 611 #define TOK_LOR   0xa1
 612
 613 #define TOK_DEC   0xa2
 614 #define TOK_MID   0xa3 /* inc/dec, to void constant */
 615 #define TOK_INC   0xa4
 616 #define TOK_UDIV  0xb0 /* unsigned division */
 617 #define TOK_UMOD  0xb1 /* unsigned modulo */
 618 #define TOK_PDIV  0xb2 /* fast division with undefined rounding for pointers */
 619 #define TOK_CINT   0xb3 /* number in tokc */
 620 #define TOK_CCHAR 0xb4 /* char constant in tokc */
 621 #define TOK_STR   0xb5 /* pointer to string in tokc */
 622 #define TOK_TWOSHARPS 0xb6 /* ## preprocessing token */
 623 #define TOK_LCHAR    0xb7
 624 #define TOK_LSTR     0xb8
 625 #define TOK_CFLOAT   0xb9 /* float constant */
 626 #define TOK_LINENUM  0xba /* line number info */
 627 #define TOK_CDOUBLE  0xc0 /* double constant */
 628 #define TOK_CLDOUBLE 0xc1 /* long double constant */
 629 #define TOK_UMULL    0xc2 /* unsigned 32x32 -> 64 mul */
 630 #define TOK_ADDC1    0xc3 /* add with carry generation */
 631 #define TOK_ADDC2    0xc4 /* add with carry use */
 632 #define TOK_SUBC1    0xc5 /* add with carry generation */
 633 #define TOK_SUBC2    0xc6 /* add with carry use */
 634 #define TOK_CUINT    0xc8 /* unsigned int constant */
 635 #define TOK_CLLONG   0xc9 /* long long constant */
 636 #define TOK_CULLONG  0xca /* unsigned long long constant */
 637 #define TOK_ARROW    0xcb
 638 #define TOK_DOTS     0xcc /* three dots */
 639 #define TOK_SHR      0xcd /* unsigned shift right */
 640 #define TOK_PPNUM    0xce /* preprocessor number */
 641
 642 #define TOK_SHL   0x01 /* shift left */
 643 #define TOK_SAR   0x02 /* signed shift right */
 644
 645 /* assignement operators : normal operator or 0x80 */
 646 #define TOK_A_MOD 0xa5
 647 #define TOK_A_AND 0xa6
 648 #define TOK_A_MUL 0xaa
 649 #define TOK_A_ADD 0xab
 650 #define TOK_A_SUB 0xad
 651 #define TOK_A_DIV 0xaf
 652 #define TOK_A_XOR 0xde
 653 #define TOK_A_OR  0xfc
 654 #define TOK_A_SHL 0x81
 655 #define TOK_A_SAR 0x82
 656
 657 #ifndef offsetof
 658 #define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) &((type *)0)->field)
 659 #endif
 660
 661 #ifndef countof
 662 #define countof(tab) (sizeof(tab) / sizeof((tab)[0]))
 663 #endif
 664
 665 /* WARNING: the content of this string encodes token numbers */
 666 static char tok_two_chars[] = "<=\236>=\235!=\225&&\240||\241++\244--\242==\224<<\1>>\2+=\253-=\255*=\252/=\257%=\245&=\246^=\336|=\374->\313..\250##\266";
 667
 668 #define TOK_EOF       (-1)  /* end of file */
 669 #define TOK_LINEFEED  10    /* line feed */
 670
 671 /* all identificators and strings have token above that */
 672 #define TOK_IDENT 256
 673
 674 /* only used for i386 asm opcodes definitions */
 675 #define DEF_ASM(x) DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 676
 677 #define DEF_BWL(x) \
 678  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## b, #x "b") \
 679  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 680  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 681  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 682
 683 #define DEF_WL(x) \
 684  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 685  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 686  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 687
 688 #define DEF_FP1(x) \
 689  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## s, "f" #x "s") \
 690  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## l, "fi" #x "l") \
 691  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## l, "f" #x "l") \
 692  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## s, "fi" #x "s")
 693
 694 #define DEF_FP(x) \
 695  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x, "f" #x ) \
 696  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## p, "f" #x "p") \
 697  DEF_FP1(x)
 698
 699 #define DEF_ASMTEST(x) \
 700  DEF_ASM(x ## o) \
 701  DEF_ASM(x ## no) \
 702  DEF_ASM(x ## b) \
 703  DEF_ASM(x ## c) \
 704  DEF_ASM(x ## nae) \
 705  DEF_ASM(x ## nb) \
 706  DEF_ASM(x ## nc) \
 707  DEF_ASM(x ## ae) \
 708  DEF_ASM(x ## e) \
 709  DEF_ASM(x ## z) \
 710  DEF_ASM(x ## ne) \
 711  DEF_ASM(x ## nz) \
 712  DEF_ASM(x ## be) \
 713  DEF_ASM(x ## na) \
 714  DEF_ASM(x ## nbe) \
 715  DEF_ASM(x ## a) \
 716  DEF_ASM(x ## s) \
 717  DEF_ASM(x ## ns) \
 718  DEF_ASM(x ## p) \
 719  DEF_ASM(x ## pe) \
 720  DEF_ASM(x ## np) \
 721  DEF_ASM(x ## po) \
 722  DEF_ASM(x ## l) \
 723  DEF_ASM(x ## nge) \
 724  DEF_ASM(x ## nl) \
 725  DEF_ASM(x ## ge) \
 726  DEF_ASM(x ## le) \
 727  DEF_ASM(x ## ng) \
 728  DEF_ASM(x ## nle) \
 729  DEF_ASM(x ## g)
 730
 731 #define TOK_ASM_int TOK_INT
 732
 733 enum tcc_token {
 734     TOK_LAST = TOK_IDENT - 1,
 735 #define DEF(id, str) id,
 736 #include "tcctok.h"
 737 #undef DEF
 738 };
 739
 740 static const char tcc_keywords[] =
 741 #define DEF(id, str) str "\0"
 742 #include "tcctok.h"
 743 #undef DEF
 744 ;
 745
 746 #define TOK_UIDENT TOK_DEFINE
 747
 748 #ifdef _WIN32
 749 #define snprintf _snprintf
 750 #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 751 #ifndef __GNUC__
 752   #define strtold (long double)strtod
 753   #define strtof (float)strtod
 754   #define strtoll (long long)strtol
 755 #endif
 756 #elif defined(TCC_UCLIBC) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) \
 757     || defined(__OpenBSD__)
 758 /* currently incorrect */
 759 long double strtold(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 760 {
 761     return (long double)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 762 }
 763 float strtof(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 764 {
 765     return (float)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 766 }
 767 #else
 768 /* XXX: need to define this to use them in non ISOC99 context */
 769 extern float strtof (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 770 extern long double strtold (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 771 #endif
 772
 773 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 774 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 775 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name);
 776 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *p);
 777
 778 static void next(void);
 779 static void next_nomacro(void);
 780 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
 781 static void expr_type(CType *type);
 782 static void unary_type(CType *type);
 783 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
 784                   int case_reg, int is_expr);
 785 static int expr_const(void);
 786 static void expr_eq(void);
 787 static void gexpr(void);
 788 static void gen_inline_functions(void);
 789 static void decl(int l);
 790 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
 791                              int first, int size_only);
 792 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
 793                                    int has_init, int v, int scope);
 794 int gv(int rc);
 795 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2);
 796 void move_reg(int r, int s);
 797 void save_regs(int n);
 798 void save_reg(int r);
 799 void vpop(void);
 800 void vswap(void);
 801 void vdup(void);
 802 int get_reg(int rc);
 803 int get_reg_ex(int rc,int rc2);
 804
 805 struct macro_level {
 806     struct macro_level *prev;
 807     int *p;
 808 };
 809
 810 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
 811                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level **can_read_stream);
 812 void gen_op(int op);
 813 void force_charshort_cast(int t);
 814 static void gen_cast(CType *type);
 815 void vstore(void);
 816 static Sym *sym_find(int v);
 817 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c);
 818
 819 /* type handling */
 820 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a);
 821 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
 822 static int pointed_size(CType *type);
 823 static int lvalue_type(int t);
 824 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
 825 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
 826 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified);
 827 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 828 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 829
 830 int ieee_finite(double d);
 831 void error(const char *fmt, ...);
 832 void vpushi(int v);
 833 void vrott(int n);
 834 void vnrott(int n);
 835 void lexpand_nr(void);
 836 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v);
 837 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v);
 838 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
 839                  CType *type, const char *varstr);
 840 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv);
 841 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
 842                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size);
 843 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r);
 844
 845 /* section generation */
 846 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size);
 847 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size);
 848 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
 849                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size);
 850 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long addr, int type);
 851 static int put_elf_str(Section *s, const char *sym);
 852 static int put_elf_sym(Section *s,
 853                        unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 854                        int info, int other, int shndx, const char *name);
 855 static int add_elf_sym(Section *s, unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 856                        int info, int other, int sh_num, const char *name);
 857 static void put_elf_reloc(Section *symtab, Section *s, unsigned long offset,
 858                           int type, int symbol);
 859 static void put_stabs(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 860                       unsigned long value);
 861 static void put_stabs_r(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 862                         unsigned long value, Section *sec, int sym_index);
 863 static void put_stabn(int type, int other, int desc, int value);
 864 static void put_stabd(int type, int other, int desc);
 865 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 866
 867 #define AFF_PRINT_ERROR     0x0001 /* print error if file not found */
 868 #define AFF_REFERENCED_DLL  0x0002 /* load a referenced dll from another dll */
 869 #define AFF_PREPROCESS      0x0004 /* preprocess file */
 870 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 871
 872 /* tcccoff.c */
 873 int tcc_output_coff(TCCState *s1, FILE *f);
 874
 875 /* tccpe.c */
 876 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type);
 877 int pe_load_def_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 878 int pe_test_res_file(void *v, int size);
 879 int pe_load_res_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 880 void pe_add_runtime(struct TCCState *s1);
 881 void pe_guess_outfile(char *objfilename, int output_type);
 882 int pe_output_file(struct TCCState *s1, const char *filename);
 883
 884 /* tccasm.c */
 885
 886 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 887
 888 typedef struct ExprValue {
 889     uint32_t v;
 890     Sym *sym;
 891 } ExprValue;
 892
 893 #define MAX_ASM_OPERANDS 30
 894
 895 typedef struct ASMOperand {
 896     int id; /* GCC 3 optionnal identifier (0 if number only supported */
 897     char *constraint;
 898     char asm_str[16]; /* computed asm string for operand */
 899     SValue *vt; /* C value of the expression */
 900     int ref_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to a output constraint */
 901     int input_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to an input constraint */
 902     int priority; /* priority, used to assign registers */
 903     int reg; /* if >= 0, register number used for this operand */
 904     int is_llong; /* true if double register value */
 905     int is_memory; /* true if memory operand */
 906     int is_rw;     /* for '+' modifier */
 907 } ASMOperand;
 908
 909 static void asm_expr(TCCState *s1, ExprValue *pe);
 910 static int asm_int_expr(TCCState *s1);
 911 static int find_constraint(ASMOperand *operands, int nb_operands,
 912                            const char *name, const char **pp);
 913
 914 static int tcc_assemble(TCCState *s1, int do_preprocess);
 915
 916 #endif
 917
 918 static void asm_instr(void);
 919 static void asm_global_instr(void);
 920
 921 /* true if float/double/long double type */
 922 static inline int is_float(int t)
 923 {
 924     int bt;
 925     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 926     return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT;
 927 }
 928
 929 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
 930 #include "i386-gen.c"
 931 #endif
 932
 933 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 934 #include "arm-gen.c"
 935 #endif
 936
 937 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
 938 #include "c67-gen.c"
 939 #endif
 940
 941 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
 942
 943 #define RTLD_LAZY       0x001
 944 #define RTLD_NOW        0x002
 945 #define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x100
 946 #define RTLD_DEFAULT    NULL
 947
 948 /* dummy function for profiling */
 949 void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag)
 950 {
 951     return NULL;
 952 }
 953
 954 const char *dlerror(void)
 955 {
 956     return "error";
 957 }
 958
 959 typedef struct TCCSyms {
 960     char *str;
 961     void *ptr;
 962 } TCCSyms;
 963
 964 #define TCCSYM(a) { #a, &a, },
 965
 966 /* add the symbol you want here if no dynamic linking is done */
 967 static TCCSyms tcc_syms[] = {
 968 #if !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
 969     TCCSYM(printf)
 970     TCCSYM(fprintf)
 971     TCCSYM(fopen)
 972     TCCSYM(fclose)
 973 #endif
 974     { NULL, NULL },
 975 };
 976
 977 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *symbol, int type)
 978 {
 979     TCCSyms *p;
 980     p = tcc_syms;
 981     while (p->str != NULL) {
 982         if (!strcmp(p->str, symbol))
 983             return p->ptr;
 984         p++;
 985     }
 986     return NULL;
 987 }
 988
 989 #elif !defined(_WIN32)
 990
 991 #include <dlfcn.h>
 992
 993 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type)
 994 {
 995     return dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, sym);
 996 }
 997
 998 #endif
 999
1000 /********************************************************/
1001
1002 /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
1003    non standard math libs */
1004 /* XXX: endianness dependent */
1005 int ieee_finite(double d)
1006 {
1007     int *p = (int *)&d;
1008     return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
1009 }
1010
1011 /* copy a string and truncate it. */
1012 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1013 {
1014     char *q, *q_end;
1015     int c;
1016
1017     if (buf_size > 0) {
1018         q = buf;
1019         q_end = buf + buf_size - 1;
1020         while (q < q_end) {
1021             c = *s++;
1022             if (c == '\0')
1023                 break;
1024             *q++ = c;
1025         }
1026         *q = '\0';
1027     }
1028     return buf;
1029 }
1030
1031 /* strcat and truncate. */
1032 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1033 {
1034     int len;
1035     len = strlen(buf);
1036     if (len < buf_size)
1037         pstrcpy(buf + len, buf_size - len, s);
1038     return buf;
1039 }
1040
1041 #ifndef LIBTCC
1042 static int strstart(const char *str, const char *val, const char **ptr)
1043 {
1044     const char *p, *q;
1045     p = str;
1046     q = val;
1047     while (*q != '\0') {
1048         if (*p != *q)
1049             return 0;
1050         p++;
1051         q++;
1052     }
1053     if (ptr)
1054         *ptr = p;
1055     return 1;
1056 }
1057 #endif
1058
1059 /* extract the basename of a file */
1060 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name)
1061 {
1062     char *p = strchr(name, 0);
1063     while (p > name
1064         && p[-1] != '/'
1065 #ifdef _WIN32
1066         && p[-1] != '\\'
1067 #endif
1068         )
1069         --p;
1070     return p;
1071 }
1072
1073 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *name)
1074 {
1075     char *b = tcc_basename(name);
1076     char *e = strrchr(b, '.');
1077     return e ? e : strchr(b, 0);
1078 }
1079
1080 #ifdef _WIN32
1081 char *normalize_slashes(char *path)
1082 {
1083     char *p;
1084     for (p = path; *p; ++p)
1085         if (*p == '\\')
1086             *p = '/';
1087     return path;
1088 }
1089
1090 char *w32_tcc_lib_path(void)
1091 {
1092     /* on win32, we suppose the lib and includes are at the location
1093        of 'tcc.exe' */
1094     char path[1024], *p;
1095     GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, path, sizeof path);
1096     p = tcc_basename(normalize_slashes(strlwr(path)));
1097     if (p - 5 > path && 0 == strncmp(p - 5, "/bin/", 5))
1098         p -= 5;
1099     else if (p > path)
1100         p--;
1101     *p = 0;
1102     return strdup(path);
1103 }
1104 #endif
1105
1106 void set_pages_executable(void *ptr, unsigned long length)
1107 {
1108 #ifdef _WIN32
1109     unsigned long old_protect;
1110     VirtualProtect(ptr, length, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, &old_protect);
1111 #else
1112     unsigned long start, end;
1113     start = (unsigned long)ptr & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1114     end = (unsigned long)ptr + length;
1115     end = (end + PAGESIZE - 1) & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1116     mprotect((void *)start, end - start, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC);
1117 #endif
1118 }
1119
1120 /* memory management */
1121 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1122 int mem_cur_size;
1123 int mem_max_size;
1124 unsigned malloc_usable_size(void*);
1125 #endif
1126
1127 static inline void tcc_free(void *ptr)
1128 {
1129 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1130     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1131 #endif
1132     free(ptr);
1133 }
1134
1135 static void *tcc_malloc(unsigned long size)
1136 {
1137     void *ptr;
1138     ptr = malloc(size);
1139     if (!ptr && size)
1140         error("memory full");
1141 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1142     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1143     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1144         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1145 #endif
1146     return ptr;
1147 }
1148
1149 static void *tcc_mallocz(unsigned long size)
1150 {
1151     void *ptr;
1152     ptr = tcc_malloc(size);
1153     memset(ptr, 0, size);
1154     return ptr;
1155 }
1156
1157 static inline void *tcc_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long size)
1158 {
1159     void *ptr1;
1160 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1161     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1162 #endif
1163     ptr1 = realloc(ptr, size);
1164 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1165     /* NOTE: count not correct if alloc error, but not critical */
1166     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr1);
1167     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1168         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1169 #endif
1170     return ptr1;
1171 }
1172
1173 static char *tcc_strdup(const char *str)
1174 {
1175     char *ptr;
1176     ptr = tcc_malloc(strlen(str) + 1);
1177     strcpy(ptr, str);
1178     return ptr;
1179 }
1180
1181 #define free(p) use_tcc_free(p)
1182 #define malloc(s) use_tcc_malloc(s)
1183 #define realloc(p, s) use_tcc_realloc(p, s)
1184
1185 static void dynarray_add(void ***ptab, int *nb_ptr, void *data)
1186 {
1187     int nb, nb_alloc;
1188     void **pp;
1189
1190     nb = *nb_ptr;
1191     pp = *ptab;
1192     /* every power of two we double array size */
1193     if ((nb & (nb - 1)) == 0) {
1194         if (!nb)
1195             nb_alloc = 1;
1196         else
1197             nb_alloc = nb * 2;
1198         pp = tcc_realloc(pp, nb_alloc * sizeof(void *));
1199         if (!pp)
1200             error("memory full");
1201         *ptab = pp;
1202     }
1203     pp[nb++] = data;
1204     *nb_ptr = nb;
1205 }
1206
1207 static void dynarray_reset(void *pp, int *n)
1208 {
1209     void **p;
1210     for (p = *(void***)pp; *n; ++p, --*n)
1211         if (*p)
1212             tcc_free(*p);
1213     tcc_free(*(void**)pp);
1214     *(void**)pp = NULL;
1215 }
1216
1217 /* symbol allocator */
1218 static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
1219 {
1220     Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
1221     int i;
1222
1223     sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
1224     dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
1225
1226     last_sym = sym_free_first;
1227     sym = sym_pool;
1228     for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
1229         sym->next = last_sym;
1230         last_sym = sym;
1231         sym++;
1232     }
1233     sym_free_first = last_sym;
1234     return last_sym;
1235 }
1236
1237 static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
1238 {
1239     Sym *sym;
1240     sym = sym_free_first;
1241     if (!sym)
1242         sym = __sym_malloc();
1243     sym_free_first = sym->next;
1244     return sym;
1245 }
1246
1247 static inline void sym_free(Sym *sym)
1248 {
1249     sym->next = sym_free_first;
1250     sym_free_first = sym;
1251 }
1252
1253 Section *new_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name, int sh_type, int sh_flags)
1254 {
1255     Section *sec;
1256
1257     sec = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(Section) + strlen(name));
1258     strcpy(sec->name, name);
1259     sec->sh_type = sh_type;
1260     sec->sh_flags = sh_flags;
1261     switch(sh_type) {
1262     case SHT_HASH:
1263     case SHT_REL:
1264     case SHT_DYNSYM:
1265     case SHT_SYMTAB:
1266     case SHT_DYNAMIC:
1267         sec->sh_addralign = 4;
1268         break;
1269     case SHT_STRTAB:
1270         sec->sh_addralign = 1;
1271         break;
1272     default:
1273         sec->sh_addralign = 32; /* default conservative alignment */
1274         break;
1275     }
1276
1277     /* only add section if not private */
1278     if (!(sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE)) {
1279         sec->sh_num = s1->nb_sections;
1280         dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sections, &s1->nb_sections, sec);
1281     }
1282     return sec;
1283 }
1284
1285 static void free_section(Section *s)
1286 {
1287     if (s->link && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1288         free_section(s->link);
1289     if (s->hash && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1290         s->hash->link = NULL, free_section(s->hash);
1291     tcc_free(s->data);
1292     tcc_free(s);
1293 }
1294
1295 /* realloc section and set its content to zero */
1296 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size)
1297 {
1298     unsigned long size;
1299     unsigned char *data;
1300
1301     size = sec->data_allocated;
1302     if (size == 0)
1303         size = 1;
1304     while (size < new_size)
1305         size = size * 2;
1306     data = tcc_realloc(sec->data, size);
1307     if (!data)
1308         error("memory full");
1309     memset(data + sec->data_allocated, 0, size - sec->data_allocated);
1310     sec->data = data;
1311     sec->data_allocated = size;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* reserve at least 'size' bytes in section 'sec' from
1315    sec->data_offset. */
1316 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size)
1317 {
1318     unsigned long offset, offset1;
1319
1320     offset = sec->data_offset;
1321     offset1 = offset + size;
1322     if (offset1 > sec->data_allocated)
1323         section_realloc(sec, offset1);
1324     sec->data_offset = offset1;
1325     return sec->data + offset;
1326 }
1327
1328 /* return a reference to a section, and create it if it does not
1329    exists */
1330 Section *find_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name)
1331 {
1332     Section *sec;
1333     int i;
1334     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
1335         sec = s1->sections[i];
1336         if (!strcmp(name, sec->name))
1337             return sec;
1338     }
1339     /* sections are created as PROGBITS */
1340     return new_section(s1, name, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
1341 }
1342
1343 #define SECTION_ABS ((void *)1)
1344
1345 /* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
1346    'section' with value 'value' */
1347 static void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1348                             unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
1349                             int can_add_underscore)
1350 {
1351     int sym_type, sym_bind, sh_num, info, other, attr;
1352     Elf32_Sym *esym;
1353     const char *name;
1354     char buf1[256];
1355
1356     if (section == NULL)
1357         sh_num = SHN_UNDEF;
1358     else if (section == SECTION_ABS)
1359         sh_num = SHN_ABS;
1360     else
1361         sh_num = section->sh_num;
1362
1363     other = attr = 0;
1364
1365     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
1366         sym_type = STT_FUNC;
1367 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1368         if (sym->type.ref)
1369             attr = sym->type.ref->r;
1370         if (FUNC_EXPORT(attr))
1371             other |= 1;
1372         if (FUNC_CALL(attr) == FUNC_STDCALL)
1373             other |= 2;
1374 #endif
1375     } else {
1376         sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
1377     }
1378
1379     if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
1380         sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
1381     else
1382         sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
1383
1384     if (!sym->c) {
1385         name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
1386 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
1387         if (do_bounds_check) {
1388             char buf[32];
1389
1390             /* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
1391             /* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
1392                names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
1393             switch(sym->v) {
1394 #if 0
1395             /* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
1396             case TOK_malloc:
1397             case TOK_free:
1398             case TOK_realloc:
1399             case TOK_memalign:
1400             case TOK_calloc:
1401 #endif
1402             case TOK_memcpy:
1403             case TOK_memmove:
1404             case TOK_memset:
1405             case TOK_strlen:
1406             case TOK_strcpy:
1407             case TOK__alloca:
1408                 strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
1409                 strcat(buf, name);
1410                 name = buf;
1411                 break;
1412             }
1413         }
1414 #endif
1415
1416 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1417         if ((other & 2) && can_add_underscore) {
1418             sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, FUNC_ARGS(attr));
1419             name = buf1;
1420         } else
1421 #endif
1422         if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
1423             buf1[0] = '_';
1424             pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
1425             name = buf1;
1426         }
1427         info = ELF32_ST_INFO(sym_bind, sym_type);
1428         sym->c = add_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
1429     } else {
1430         esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
1431         esym->st_value = value;
1432         esym->st_size = size;
1433         esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
1434         esym->st_other |= other;
1435     }
1436 }
1437
1438 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1439                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size)
1440 {
1441     put_extern_sym2(sym, section, value, size, 1);
1442 }
1443
1444 /* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
1445 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
1446 {
1447     if (!sym->c)
1448         put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
1449     /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
1450     put_elf_reloc(symtab_section, s, offset, type, sym->c);
1451 }
1452
1453 static inline int isid(int c)
1454 {
1455     return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
1456         (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
1457         c == '_';
1458 }
1459
1460 static inline int isnum(int c)
1461 {
1462     return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
1463 }
1464
1465 static inline int isoct(int c)
1466 {
1467     return c >= '0' && c <= '7';
1468 }
1469
1470 static inline int toup(int c)
1471 {
1472     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
1473         return c - 'a' + 'A';
1474     else
1475         return c;
1476 }
1477
1478 static void strcat_vprintf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1479 {
1480     int len;
1481     len = strlen(buf);
1482     vsnprintf(buf + len, buf_size - len, fmt, ap);
1483 }
1484
1485 static void strcat_printf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, ...)
1486 {
1487     va_list ap;
1488     va_start(ap, fmt);
1489     strcat_vprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, ap);
1490     va_end(ap);
1491 }
1492
1493 void error1(TCCState *s1, int is_warning, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1494 {
1495     char buf[2048];
1496     BufferedFile **f;
1497
1498     buf[0] = '\0';
1499     if (file) {
1500         for(f = s1->include_stack; f < s1->include_stack_ptr; f++)
1501             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "In file included from %s:%d:\n",
1502                           (*f)->filename, (*f)->line_num);
1503         if (file->line_num > 0) {
1504             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1505                           "%s:%d: ", file->filename, file->line_num);
1506         } else {
1507             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1508                           "%s: ", file->filename);
1509         }
1510     } else {
1511         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1512                       "tcc: ");
1513     }
1514     if (is_warning)
1515         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "warning: ");
1516     strcat_vprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, ap);
1517
1518     if (!s1->error_func) {
1519         /* default case: stderr */
1520         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf);
1521     } else {
1522         s1->error_func(s1->error_opaque, buf);
1523     }
1524     if (!is_warning || s1->warn_error)
1525         s1->nb_errors++;
1526 }
1527
1528 #ifdef LIBTCC
1529 void tcc_set_error_func(TCCState *s, void *error_opaque,
1530                         void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg))
1531 {
1532     s->error_opaque = error_opaque;
1533     s->error_func = error_func;
1534 }
1535 #endif
1536
1537 /* error without aborting current compilation */
1538 void error_noabort(const char *fmt, ...)
1539 {
1540     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1541     va_list ap;
1542
1543     va_start(ap, fmt);
1544     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1545     va_end(ap);
1546 }
1547
1548 void error(const char *fmt, ...)
1549 {
1550     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1551     va_list ap;
1552
1553     va_start(ap, fmt);
1554     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1555     va_end(ap);
1556     /* better than nothing: in some cases, we accept to handle errors */
1557     if (s1->error_set_jmp_enabled) {
1558         longjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf, 1);
1559     } else {
1560         /* XXX: eliminate this someday */
1561         exit(1);
1562     }
1563 }
1564
1565 void expect(const char *msg)
1566 {
1567     error("%s expected", msg);
1568 }
1569
1570 void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
1571 {
1572     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1573     va_list ap;
1574
1575     if (s1->warn_none)
1576         return;
1577
1578     va_start(ap, fmt);
1579     error1(s1, 1, fmt, ap);
1580     va_end(ap);
1581 }
1582
1583 void skip(int c)
1584 {
1585     if (tok != c)
1586         error("'%c' expected", c);
1587     next();
1588 }
1589
1590 static void test_lvalue(void)
1591 {
1592     if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
1593         expect("lvalue");
1594 }
1595
1596 /* allocate a new token */
1597 static TokenSym *tok_alloc_new(TokenSym **pts, const char *str, int len)
1598 {
1599     TokenSym *ts, **ptable;
1600     int i;
1601
1602     if (tok_ident >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
1603         error("memory full");
1604
1605     /* expand token table if needed */
1606     i = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
1607     if ((i % TOK_ALLOC_INCR) == 0) {
1608         ptable = tcc_realloc(table_ident, (i + TOK_ALLOC_INCR) * sizeof(TokenSym *));
1609         if (!ptable)
1610             error("memory full");
1611         table_ident = ptable;
1612     }
1613
1614     ts = tcc_malloc(sizeof(TokenSym) + len);
1615     table_ident[i] = ts;
1616     ts->tok = tok_ident++;
1617     ts->sym_define = NULL;
1618     ts->sym_label = NULL;
1619     ts->sym_struct = NULL;
1620     ts->sym_identifier = NULL;
1621     ts->len = len;
1622     ts->hash_next = NULL;
1623     memcpy(ts->str, str, len);
1624     ts->str[len] = '\0';
1625     *pts = ts;
1626     return ts;
1627 }
1628
1629 #define TOK_HASH_INIT 1
1630 #define TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c) ((h) * 263 + (c))
1631
1632 /* find a token and add it if not found */
1633 static TokenSym *tok_alloc(const char *str, int len)
1634 {
1635     TokenSym *ts, **pts;
1636     int i;
1637     unsigned int h;
1638
1639     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
1640     for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1641         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, ((unsigned char *)str)[i]);
1642     h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
1643
1644     pts = &hash_ident[h];
1645     for(;;) {
1646         ts = *pts;
1647         if (!ts)
1648             break;
1649         if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, str, len))
1650             return ts;
1651         pts = &(ts->hash_next);
1652     }
1653     return tok_alloc_new(pts, str, len);
1654 }
1655
1656 /* CString handling */
1657
1658 static void cstr_realloc(CString *cstr, int new_size)
1659 {
1660     int size;
1661     void *data;
1662
1663     size = cstr->size_allocated;
1664     if (size == 0)
1665         size = 8; /* no need to allocate a too small first string */
1666     while (size < new_size)
1667         size = size * 2;
1668     data = tcc_realloc(cstr->data_allocated, size);
1669     if (!data)
1670         error("memory full");
1671     cstr->data_allocated = data;
1672     cstr->size_allocated = size;
1673     cstr->data = data;
1674 }
1675
1676 /* add a byte */
1677 static inline void cstr_ccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1678 {
1679     int size;
1680     size = cstr->size + 1;
1681     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1682         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1683     ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[size - 1] = ch;
1684     cstr->size = size;
1685 }
1686
1687 static void cstr_cat(CString *cstr, const char *str)
1688 {
1689     int c;
1690     for(;;) {
1691         c = *str;
1692         if (c == '\0')
1693             break;
1694         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1695         str++;
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 /* add a wide char */
1700 static void cstr_wccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1701 {
1702     int size;
1703     size = cstr->size + sizeof(nwchar_t);
1704     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1705         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1706     *(nwchar_t *)(((unsigned char *)cstr->data) + size - sizeof(nwchar_t)) = ch;
1707     cstr->size = size;
1708 }
1709
1710 static void cstr_new(CString *cstr)
1711 {
1712     memset(cstr, 0, sizeof(CString));
1713 }
1714
1715 /* free string and reset it to NULL */
1716 static void cstr_free(CString *cstr)
1717 {
1718     tcc_free(cstr->data_allocated);
1719     cstr_new(cstr);
1720 }
1721
1722 #define cstr_reset(cstr) cstr_free(cstr)
1723
1724 /* XXX: unicode ? */
1725 static void add_char(CString *cstr, int c)
1726 {
1727     if (c == '\'' || c == '\"' || c == '\\') {
1728         /* XXX: could be more precise if char or string */
1729         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1730     }
1731     if (c >= 32 && c <= 126) {
1732         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1733     } else {
1734         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1735         if (c == '\n') {
1736             cstr_ccat(cstr, 'n');
1737         } else {
1738             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 6) & 7));
1739             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
1740             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + (c & 7));
1741         }
1742     }
1743 }
1744
1745 /* XXX: buffer overflow */
1746 /* XXX: float tokens */
1747 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv)
1748 {
1749     static char buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
1750     static CString cstr_buf;
1751     CString *cstr;
1752     unsigned char *q;
1753     char *p;
1754     int i, len;
1755
1756     /* NOTE: to go faster, we give a fixed buffer for small strings */
1757     cstr_reset(&cstr_buf);
1758     cstr_buf.data = buf;
1759     cstr_buf.size_allocated = sizeof(buf);
1760     p = buf;
1761
1762     switch(v) {
1763     case TOK_CINT:
1764     case TOK_CUINT:
1765         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing */
1766         sprintf(p, "%u", cv->ui);
1767         break;
1768     case TOK_CLLONG:
1769     case TOK_CULLONG:
1770         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing  */
1771         sprintf(p, "%Lu", cv->ull);
1772         break;
1773     case TOK_CCHAR:
1774     case TOK_LCHAR:
1775         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1776         add_char(&cstr_buf, cv->i);
1777         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1778         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1779         break;
1780     case TOK_PPNUM:
1781         cstr = cv->cstr;
1782         len = cstr->size - 1;
1783         for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1784             add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1785         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1786         break;
1787     case TOK_STR:
1788     case TOK_LSTR:
1789         cstr = cv->cstr;
1790         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1791         if (v == TOK_STR) {
1792             len = cstr->size - 1;
1793             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1794                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1795         } else {
1796             len = (cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t)) - 1;
1797             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1798                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i]);
1799         }
1800         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1801         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1802         break;
1803     case TOK_LT:
1804         v = '<';
1805         goto addv;
1806     case TOK_GT:
1807         v = '>';
1808         goto addv;
1809     case TOK_DOTS:
1810         return strcpy(p, "...");
1811     case TOK_A_SHL:
1812         return strcpy(p, "<<=");
1813     case TOK_A_SAR:
1814         return strcpy(p, ">>=");
1815     default:
1816         if (v < TOK_IDENT) {
1817             /* search in two bytes table */
1818             q = tok_two_chars;
1819             while (*q) {
1820                 if (q[2] == v) {
1821                     *p++ = q[0];
1822                     *p++ = q[1];
1823                     *p = '\0';
1824                     return buf;
1825                 }
1826                 q += 3;
1827             }
1828         addv:
1829             *p++ = v;
1830             *p = '\0';
1831         } else if (v < tok_ident) {
1832             return table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->str;
1833         } else if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1834             /* special name for anonymous symbol */
1835             sprintf(p, "L.%u", v - SYM_FIRST_ANOM);
1836         } else {
1837             /* should never happen */
1838             return NULL;
1839         }
1840         break;
1841     }
1842     return cstr_buf.data;
1843 }
1844
1845 /* push, without hashing */
1846 static Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, int c)
1847 {
1848     Sym *s;
1849     s = sym_malloc();
1850     s->v = v;
1851     s->type.t = t;
1852     s->c = c;
1853     s->next = NULL;
1854     /* add in stack */
1855     s->prev = *ps;
1856     *ps = s;
1857     return s;
1858 }
1859
1860 /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
1861    of the symbol stack */
1862 static Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
1863 {
1864     while (s) {
1865         if (s->v == v)
1866             return s;
1867         s = s->prev;
1868     }
1869     return NULL;
1870 }
1871
1872 /* structure lookup */
1873 static inline Sym *struct_find(int v)
1874 {
1875     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1876     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1877         return NULL;
1878     return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
1879 }
1880
1881 /* find an identifier */
1882 static inline Sym *sym_find(int v)
1883 {
1884     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1885     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1886         return NULL;
1887     return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
1888 }
1889
1890 /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
1891 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
1892 {
1893     Sym *s, **ps;
1894     TokenSym *ts;
1895
1896     if (local_stack)
1897         ps = &local_stack;
1898     else
1899         ps = &global_stack;
1900     s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
1901     s->type.ref = type->ref;
1902     s->r = r;
1903     /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
1904     /* XXX: simplify */
1905     if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1906         /* record symbol in token array */
1907         ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1908         if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1909             ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1910         else
1911             ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1912         s->prev_tok = *ps;
1913         *ps = s;
1914     }
1915     return s;
1916 }
1917
1918 /* push a global identifier */
1919 static Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
1920 {
1921     Sym *s, **ps;
1922     s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
1923     /* don't record anonymous symbol */
1924     if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1925         ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
1926         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
1927            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
1928         while (*ps != NULL)
1929             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
1930         s->prev_tok = NULL;
1931         *ps = s;
1932     }
1933     return s;
1934 }
1935
1936 /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b' */
1937 static void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b)
1938 {
1939     Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
1940     TokenSym *ts;
1941     int v;
1942
1943     s = *ptop;
1944     while(s != b) {
1945         ss = s->prev;
1946         v = s->v;
1947         /* remove symbol in token array */
1948         /* XXX: simplify */
1949         if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1950             ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1951             if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1952                 ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1953             else
1954                 ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1955             *ps = s->prev_tok;
1956         }
1957         sym_free(s);
1958         s = ss;
1959     }
1960     *ptop = b;
1961 }
1962
1963 /* I/O layer */
1964
1965 BufferedFile *tcc_open(TCCState *s1, const char *filename)
1966 {
1967     int fd;
1968     BufferedFile *bf;
1969
1970     if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
1971         fd = 0, filename = "stdin";
1972     else
1973         fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
1974     if ((verbose == 2 && fd >= 0) || verbose == 3)
1975         printf("%s %*s%s\n", fd < 0 ? "nf":"->",
1976                (s1->include_stack_ptr - s1->include_stack), "", filename);
1977     if (fd < 0)
1978         return NULL;
1979     bf = tcc_malloc(sizeof(BufferedFile));
1980     bf->fd = fd;
1981     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
1982     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer;
1983     bf->buffer[0] = CH_EOB; /* put eob symbol */
1984     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), filename);
1985 #ifdef _WIN32
1986     normalize_slashes(bf->filename);
1987 #endif
1988     bf->line_num = 1;
1989     bf->ifndef_macro = 0;
1990     bf->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
1991     //    printf("opening '%s'\n", filename);
1992     return bf;
1993 }
1994
1995 void tcc_close(BufferedFile *bf)
1996 {
1997     total_lines += bf->line_num;
1998     close(bf->fd);
1999     tcc_free(bf);
2000 }
2001
2002 /* fill input buffer and peek next char */
2003 static int tcc_peekc_slow(BufferedFile *bf)
2004 {
2005     int len;
2006     /* only tries to read if really end of buffer */
2007     if (bf->buf_ptr >= bf->buf_end) {
2008         if (bf->fd != -1) {
2009 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
2010             len = 8;
2011 #else
2012             len = IO_BUF_SIZE;
2013 #endif
2014             len = read(bf->fd, bf->buffer, len);
2015             if (len < 0)
2016                 len = 0;
2017         } else {
2018             len = 0;
2019         }
2020         total_bytes += len;
2021         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
2022         bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + len;
2023         *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
2024     }
2025     if (bf->buf_ptr < bf->buf_end) {
2026         return bf->buf_ptr[0];
2027     } else {
2028         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buf_end;
2029         return CH_EOF;
2030     }
2031 }
2032
2033 /* return the current character, handling end of block if necessary
2034    (but not stray) */
2035 static int handle_eob(void)
2036 {
2037     return tcc_peekc_slow(file);
2038 }
2039
2040 /* read next char from current input file and handle end of input buffer */
2041 static inline void inp(void)
2042 {
2043     ch = *(++(file->buf_ptr));
2044     /* end of buffer/file handling */
2045     if (ch == CH_EOB)
2046         ch = handle_eob();
2047 }
2048
2049 /* handle '\[\r]\n' */
2050 static int handle_stray_noerror(void)
2051 {
2052     while (ch == '\\') {
2053         inp();
2054         if (ch == '\n') {
2055             file->line_num++;
2056             inp();
2057         } else if (ch == '\r') {
2058             inp();
2059             if (ch != '\n')
2060                 goto fail;
2061             file->line_num++;
2062             inp();
2063         } else {
2064         fail:
2065             return 1;
2066         }
2067     }
2068     return 0;
2069 }
2070
2071 static void handle_stray(void)
2072 {
2073     if (handle_stray_noerror())
2074         error("stray '\\' in program");
2075 }
2076
2077 /* skip the stray and handle the \\n case. Output an error if
2078    incorrect char after the stray */
2079 static int handle_stray1(uint8_t *p)
2080 {
2081     int c;
2082
2083     if (p >= file->buf_end) {
2084         file->buf_ptr = p;
2085         c = handle_eob();
2086         p = file->buf_ptr;
2087         if (c == '\\')
2088             goto parse_stray;
2089     } else {
2090     parse_stray:
2091         file->buf_ptr = p;
2092         ch = *p;
2093         handle_stray();
2094         p = file->buf_ptr;
2095         c = *p;
2096     }
2097     return c;
2098 }
2099
2100 /* handle just the EOB case, but not stray */
2101 #define PEEKC_EOB(c, p)\
2102 {\
2103     p++;\
2104     c = *p;\
2105     if (c == '\\') {\
2106         file->buf_ptr = p;\
2107         c = handle_eob();\
2108         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2109     }\
2110 }
2111
2112 /* handle the complicated stray case */
2113 #define PEEKC(c, p)\
2114 {\
2115     p++;\
2116     c = *p;\
2117     if (c == '\\') {\
2118         c = handle_stray1(p);\
2119         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2120     }\
2121 }
2122
2123 /* input with '\[\r]\n' handling. Note that this function cannot
2124    handle other characters after '\', so you cannot call it inside
2125    strings or comments */
2126 static void minp(void)
2127 {
2128     inp();
2129     if (ch == '\\')
2130         handle_stray();
2131 }
2132
2133
2134 /* single line C++ comments */
2135 static uint8_t *parse_line_comment(uint8_t *p)
2136 {
2137     int c;
2138
2139     p++;
2140     for(;;) {
2141         c = *p;
2142     redo:
2143         if (c == '\n' || c == CH_EOF) {
2144             break;
2145         } else if (c == '\\') {
2146             file->buf_ptr = p;
2147             c = handle_eob();
2148             p = file->buf_ptr;
2149             if (c == '\\') {
2150                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2151                 if (c == '\n') {
2152                     file->line_num++;
2153                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2154                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2155                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2156                     if (c == '\n') {
2157                         file->line_num++;
2158                         PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2159                     }
2160                 }
2161             } else {
2162                 goto redo;
2163             }
2164         } else {
2165             p++;
2166         }
2167     }
2168     return p;
2169 }
2170
2171 /* C comments */
2172 static uint8_t *parse_comment(uint8_t *p)
2173 {
2174     int c;
2175
2176     p++;
2177     for(;;) {
2178         /* fast skip loop */
2179         for(;;) {
2180             c = *p;
2181             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2182                 break;
2183             p++;
2184             c = *p;
2185             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2186                 break;
2187             p++;
2188         }
2189         /* now we can handle all the cases */
2190         if (c == '\n') {
2191             file->line_num++;
2192             p++;
2193         } else if (c == '*') {
2194             p++;
2195             for(;;) {
2196                 c = *p;
2197                 if (c == '*') {
2198                     p++;
2199                 } else if (c == '/') {
2200                     goto end_of_comment;
2201                 } else if (c == '\\') {
2202                     file->buf_ptr = p;
2203                     c = handle_eob();
2204                     p = file->buf_ptr;
2205                     if (c == '\\') {
2206                         /* skip '\[\r]\n', otherwise just skip the stray */
2207                         while (c == '\\') {
2208                             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2209                             if (c == '\n') {
2210                                 file->line_num++;
2211                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2212                             } else if (c == '\r') {
2213                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2214                                 if (c == '\n') {
2215                                     file->line_num++;
2216                                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2217                                 }
2218                             } else {
2219                                 goto after_star;
2220                             }
2221                         }
2222                     }
2223                 } else {
2224                     break;
2225                 }
2226             }
2227         after_star: ;
2228         } else {
2229             /* stray, eob or eof */
2230             file->buf_ptr = p;
2231             c = handle_eob();
2232             p = file->buf_ptr;
2233             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2234                 error("unexpected end of file in comment");
2235             } else if (c == '\\') {
2236                 p++;
2237             }
2238         }
2239     }
2240  end_of_comment:
2241     p++;
2242     return p;
2243 }
2244
2245 #define cinp minp
2246
2247 /* space exlcuding newline */
2248 static inline int is_space(int ch)
2249 {
2250     return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\v' || ch == '\f' || ch == '\r';
2251 }
2252
2253 static inline void skip_spaces(void)
2254 {
2255     while (is_space(ch))
2256         cinp();
2257 }
2258
2259 /* parse a string without interpreting escapes */
2260 static uint8_t *parse_pp_string(uint8_t *p,
2261                                 int sep, CString *str)
2262 {
2263     int c;
2264     p++;
2265     for(;;) {
2266         c = *p;
2267         if (c == sep) {
2268             break;
2269         } else if (c == '\\') {
2270             file->buf_ptr = p;
2271             c = handle_eob();
2272             p = file->buf_ptr;
2273             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2274             unterminated_string:
2275                 /* XXX: indicate line number of start of string */
2276                 error("missing terminating %c character", sep);
2277             } else if (c == '\\') {
2278                 /* escape : just skip \[\r]\n */
2279                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2280                 if (c == '\n') {
2281                     file->line_num++;
2282                     p++;
2283                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2284                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2285                     if (c != '\n')
2286                         expect("'\n' after '\r'");
2287                     file->line_num++;
2288                     p++;
2289                 } else if (c == CH_EOF) {
2290                     goto unterminated_string;
2291                 } else {
2292                     if (str) {
2293                         cstr_ccat(str, '\\');
2294                         cstr_ccat(str, c);
2295                     }
2296                     p++;
2297                 }
2298             }
2299         } else if (c == '\n') {
2300             file->line_num++;
2301             goto add_char;
2302         } else if (c == '\r') {
2303             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2304             if (c != '\n') {
2305                 if (str)
2306                     cstr_ccat(str, '\r');
2307             } else {
2308                 file->line_num++;
2309                 goto add_char;
2310             }
2311         } else {
2312         add_char:
2313             if (str)
2314                 cstr_ccat(str, c);
2315             p++;
2316         }
2317     }
2318     p++;
2319     return p;
2320 }
2321
2322 /* skip block of text until #else, #elif or #endif. skip also pairs of
2323    #if/#endif */
2324 void preprocess_skip(void)
2325 {
2326     int a, start_of_line, c, in_warn_or_error;
2327     uint8_t *p;
2328
2329     p = file->buf_ptr;
2330     a = 0;
2331 redo_start:
2332     start_of_line = 1;
2333     in_warn_or_error = 0;
2334     for(;;) {
2335     redo_no_start:
2336         c = *p;
2337         switch(c) {
2338         case ' ':
2339         case '\t':
2340         case '\f':
2341         case '\v':
2342         case '\r':
2343             p++;
2344             goto redo_no_start;
2345         case '\n':
2346             file->line_num++;
2347             p++;
2348             goto redo_start;
2349         case '\\':
2350             file->buf_ptr = p;
2351             c = handle_eob();
2352             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2353                 expect("#endif");
2354             } else if (c == '\\') {
2355                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2356                 handle_stray_noerror();
2357             }
2358             p = file->buf_ptr;
2359             goto redo_no_start;
2360         /* skip strings */
2361         case '\"':
2362         case '\'':
2363             if (in_warn_or_error)
2364                 goto _default;
2365             p = parse_pp_string(p, c, NULL);
2366             break;
2367         /* skip comments */
2368         case '/':
2369             if (in_warn_or_error)
2370                 goto _default;
2371             file->buf_ptr = p;
2372             ch = *p;
2373             minp();
2374             p = file->buf_ptr;
2375             if (ch == '*') {
2376                 p = parse_comment(p);
2377             } else if (ch == '/') {
2378                 p = parse_line_comment(p);
2379             }
2380             break;
2381         case '#':
2382             p++;
2383             if (start_of_line) {
2384                 file->buf_ptr = p;
2385                 next_nomacro();
2386                 p = file->buf_ptr;
2387                 if (a == 0 &&
2388                     (tok == TOK_ELSE || tok == TOK_ELIF || tok == TOK_ENDIF))
2389                     goto the_end;
2390                 if (tok == TOK_IF || tok == TOK_IFDEF || tok == TOK_IFNDEF)
2391                     a++;
2392                 else if (tok == TOK_ENDIF)
2393                     a--;
2394                 else if( tok == TOK_ERROR || tok == TOK_WARNING)
2395                     in_warn_or_error = 1;
2396             }
2397             break;
2398 _default:
2399         default:
2400             p++;
2401             break;
2402         }
2403         start_of_line = 0;
2404     }
2405  the_end: ;
2406     file->buf_ptr = p;
2407 }
2408
2409 /* ParseState handling */
2410
2411 /* XXX: currently, no include file info is stored. Thus, we cannot display
2412    accurate messages if the function or data definition spans multiple
2413    files */
2414
2415 /* save current parse state in 's' */
2416 void save_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2417 {
2418     s->line_num = file->line_num;
2419     s->macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
2420     s->tok = tok;
2421     s->tokc = tokc;
2422 }
2423
2424 /* restore parse state from 's' */
2425 void restore_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2426 {
2427     file->line_num = s->line_num;
2428     macro_ptr = s->macro_ptr;
2429     tok = s->tok;
2430     tokc = s->tokc;
2431 }
2432
2433 /* return the number of additional 'ints' necessary to store the
2434    token */
2435 static inline int tok_ext_size(int t)
2436 {
2437     switch(t) {
2438         /* 4 bytes */
2439     case TOK_CINT:
2440     case TOK_CUINT:
2441     case TOK_CCHAR:
2442     case TOK_LCHAR:
2443     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2444     case TOK_LINENUM:
2445         return 1;
2446     case TOK_STR:
2447     case TOK_LSTR:
2448     case TOK_PPNUM:
2449         error("unsupported token");
2450         return 1;
2451     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2452     case TOK_CLLONG:
2453     case TOK_CULLONG:
2454         return 2;
2455     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2456         return LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;
2457     default:
2458         return 0;
2459     }
2460 }
2461
2462 /* token string handling */
2463
2464 static inline void tok_str_new(TokenString *s)
2465 {
2466     s->str = NULL;
2467     s->len = 0;
2468     s->allocated_len = 0;
2469     s->last_line_num = -1;
2470 }
2471
2472 static void tok_str_free(int *str)
2473 {
2474     tcc_free(str);
2475 }
2476
2477 static int *tok_str_realloc(TokenString *s)
2478 {
2479     int *str, len;
2480
2481     if (s->allocated_len == 0) {
2482         len = 8;
2483     } else {
2484         len = s->allocated_len * 2;
2485     }
2486     str = tcc_realloc(s->str, len * sizeof(int));
2487     if (!str)
2488         error("memory full");
2489     s->allocated_len = len;
2490     s->str = str;
2491     return str;
2492 }
2493
2494 static void tok_str_add(TokenString *s, int t)
2495 {
2496     int len, *str;
2497
2498     len = s->len;
2499     str = s->str;
2500     if (len >= s->allocated_len)
2501         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2502     str[len++] = t;
2503     s->len = len;
2504 }
2505
2506 static void tok_str_add2(TokenString *s, int t, CValue *cv)
2507 {
2508     int len, *str;
2509
2510     len = s->len;
2511     str = s->str;
2512
2513     /* allocate space for worst case */
2514     if (len + TOK_MAX_SIZE > s->allocated_len)
2515         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2516     str[len++] = t;
2517     switch(t) {
2518     case TOK_CINT:
2519     case TOK_CUINT:
2520     case TOK_CCHAR:
2521     case TOK_LCHAR:
2522     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2523     case TOK_LINENUM:
2524         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2525         break;
2526     case TOK_PPNUM:
2527     case TOK_STR:
2528     case TOK_LSTR:
2529         {
2530             int nb_words;
2531             CString *cstr;
2532
2533             nb_words = (sizeof(CString) + cv->cstr->size + 3) >> 2;
2534             while ((len + nb_words) > s->allocated_len)
2535                 str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2536             cstr = (CString *)(str + len);
2537             cstr->data = NULL;
2538             cstr->size = cv->cstr->size;
2539             cstr->data_allocated = NULL;
2540             cstr->size_allocated = cstr->size;
2541             memcpy((char *)cstr + sizeof(CString),
2542                    cv->cstr->data, cstr->size);
2543             len += nb_words;
2544         }
2545         break;
2546     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2547     case TOK_CLLONG:
2548     case TOK_CULLONG:
2549 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2550     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2551 #endif
2552         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2553         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2554         break;
2555 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2556     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2557         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2558         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2559         str[len++] = cv->tab[2];
2560 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
2561 #error add long double size support
2562 #endif
2563         break;
2564     default:
2565         break;
2566     }
2567     s->len = len;
2568 }
2569
2570 /* add the current parse token in token string 's' */
2571 static void tok_str_add_tok(TokenString *s)
2572 {
2573     CValue cval;
2574
2575     /* save line number info */
2576     if (file->line_num != s->last_line_num) {
2577         s->last_line_num = file->line_num;
2578         cval.i = s->last_line_num;
2579         tok_str_add2(s, TOK_LINENUM, &cval);
2580     }
2581     tok_str_add2(s, tok, &tokc);
2582 }
2583
2584 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2585 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2586         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2587         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2588         cv.tab[2] = p[2];
2589 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2590 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2591         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2592         cv.tab[1] = p[1];
2593 #else
2594 #error add long double size support
2595 #endif
2596
2597
2598 /* get a token from an integer array and increment pointer
2599    accordingly. we code it as a macro to avoid pointer aliasing. */
2600 #define TOK_GET(t, p, cv)                       \
2601 {                                               \
2602     t = *p++;                                   \
2603     switch(t) {                                 \
2604     case TOK_CINT:                              \
2605     case TOK_CUINT:                             \
2606     case TOK_CCHAR:                             \
2607     case TOK_LCHAR:                             \
2608     case TOK_CFLOAT:                            \
2609     case TOK_LINENUM:                           \
2610         cv.tab[0] = *p++;                       \
2611         break;                                  \
2612     case TOK_STR:                               \
2613     case TOK_LSTR:                              \
2614     case TOK_PPNUM:                             \
2615         cv.cstr = (CString *)p;                 \
2616         cv.cstr->data = (char *)p + sizeof(CString);\
2617         p += (sizeof(CString) + cv.cstr->size + 3) >> 2;\
2618         break;                                  \
2619     case TOK_CDOUBLE:                           \
2620     case TOK_CLLONG:                            \
2621     case TOK_CULLONG:                           \
2622         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2623         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2624         p += 2;                                 \
2625         break;                                  \
2626     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:                          \
2627         LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv);                     \
2628         p += LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;                  \
2629         break;                                  \
2630     default:                                    \
2631         break;                                  \
2632     }                                           \
2633 }
2634
2635 /* defines handling */
2636 static inline void define_push(int v, int macro_type, int *str, Sym *first_arg)
2637 {
2638     Sym *s;
2639
2640     s = sym_push2(&define_stack, v, macro_type, (int)str);
2641     s->next = first_arg;
2642     table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = s;
2643 }
2644
2645 /* undefined a define symbol. Its name is just set to zero */
2646 static void define_undef(Sym *s)
2647 {
2648     int v;
2649     v = s->v;
2650     if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2651         table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2652     s->v = 0;
2653 }
2654
2655 static inline Sym *define_find(int v)
2656 {
2657     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2658     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2659         return NULL;
2660     return table_ident[v]->sym_define;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* free define stack until top reaches 'b' */
2664 static void free_defines(Sym *b)
2665 {
2666     Sym *top, *top1;
2667     int v;
2668
2669     top = define_stack;
2670     while (top != b) {
2671         top1 = top->prev;
2672         /* do not free args or predefined defines */
2673         if (top->c)
2674             tok_str_free((int *)top->c);
2675         v = top->v;
2676         if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2677             table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2678         sym_free(top);
2679         top = top1;
2680     }
2681     define_stack = b;
2682 }
2683
2684 /* label lookup */
2685 static Sym *label_find(int v)
2686 {
2687     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2688     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2689         return NULL;
2690     return table_ident[v]->sym_label;
2691 }
2692
2693 static Sym *label_push(Sym **ptop, int v, int flags)
2694 {
2695     Sym *s, **ps;
2696     s = sym_push2(ptop, v, 0, 0);
2697     s->r = flags;
2698     ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label;
2699     if (ptop == &global_label_stack) {
2700         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
2701            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
2702         while (*ps != NULL)
2703             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
2704     }
2705     s->prev_tok = *ps;
2706     *ps = s;
2707     return s;
2708 }
2709
2710 /* pop labels until element last is reached. Look if any labels are
2711    undefined. Define symbols if '&&label' was used. */
2712 static void label_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *slast)
2713 {
2714     Sym *s, *s1;
2715     for(s = *ptop; s != slast; s = s1) {
2716         s1 = s->prev;
2717         if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED) {
2718             warning("label '%s' declared but not used", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2719         } else if (s->r == LABEL_FORWARD) {
2720                 error("label '%s' used but not defined",
2721                       get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2722         } else {
2723             if (s->c) {
2724                 /* define corresponding symbol. A size of
2725                    1 is put. */
2726                 put_extern_sym(s, cur_text_section, (long)s->next, 1);
2727             }
2728         }
2729         /* remove label */
2730         table_ident[s->v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label = s->prev_tok;
2731         sym_free(s);
2732     }
2733     *ptop = slast;
2734 }
2735
2736 /* eval an expression for #if/#elif */
2737 static int expr_preprocess(void)
2738 {
2739     int c, t;
2740     TokenString str;
2741
2742     tok_str_new(&str);
2743     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2744         next(); /* do macro subst */
2745         if (tok == TOK_DEFINED) {
2746             next_nomacro();
2747             t = tok;
2748             if (t == '(')
2749                 next_nomacro();
2750             c = define_find(tok) != 0;
2751             if (t == '(')
2752                 next_nomacro();
2753             tok = TOK_CINT;
2754             tokc.i = c;
2755         } else if (tok >= TOK_IDENT) {
2756             /* if undefined macro */
2757             tok = TOK_CINT;
2758             tokc.i = 0;
2759         }
2760         tok_str_add_tok(&str);
2761     }
2762     tok_str_add(&str, -1); /* simulate end of file */
2763     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2764     /* now evaluate C constant expression */
2765     macro_ptr = str.str;
2766     next();
2767     c = expr_const();
2768     macro_ptr = NULL;
2769     tok_str_free(str.str);
2770     return c != 0;
2771 }
2772
2773 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG) || defined(PP_DEBUG)
2774 static void tok_print(int *str)
2775 {
2776     int t;
2777     CValue cval;
2778
2779     while (1) {
2780         TOK_GET(t, str, cval);
2781         if (!t)
2782             break;
2783         printf(" %s", get_tok_str(t, &cval));
2784     }
2785     printf("\n");
2786 }
2787 #endif
2788
2789 /* parse after #define */
2790 static void parse_define(void)
2791 {
2792     Sym *s, *first, **ps;
2793     int v, t, varg, is_vaargs, c;
2794     TokenString str;
2795
2796     v = tok;
2797     if (v < TOK_IDENT)
2798         error("invalid macro name '%s'", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
2799     /* XXX: should check if same macro (ANSI) */
2800     first = NULL;
2801     t = MACRO_OBJ;
2802     /* '(' must be just after macro definition for MACRO_FUNC */
2803     c = file->buf_ptr[0];
2804     if (c == '\\')
2805         c = handle_stray1(file->buf_ptr);
2806     if (c == '(') {
2807         next_nomacro();
2808         next_nomacro();
2809         ps = &first;
2810         while (tok != ')') {
2811             varg = tok;
2812             next_nomacro();
2813             is_vaargs = 0;
2814             if (varg == TOK_DOTS) {
2815                 varg = TOK___VA_ARGS__;
2816                 is_vaargs = 1;
2817             } else if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
2818                 is_vaargs = 1;
2819                 next_nomacro();
2820             }
2821             if (varg < TOK_IDENT)
2822                 error("badly punctuated parameter list");
2823             s = sym_push2(&define_stack, varg | SYM_FIELD, is_vaargs, 0);
2824             *ps = s;
2825             ps = &s->next;
2826             if (tok != ',')
2827                 break;
2828             next_nomacro();
2829         }
2830         t = MACRO_FUNC;
2831     }
2832     tok_str_new(&str);
2833     next_nomacro();
2834     /* EOF testing necessary for '-D' handling */
2835     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2836         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
2837         next_nomacro();
2838     }
2839     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2840 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
2841     printf("define %s %d: ", get_tok_str(v, NULL), t);
2842     tok_print(str.str);
2843 #endif
2844     define_push(v, t, str.str, first);
2845 }
2846
2847 static inline int hash_cached_include(int type, const char *filename)
2848 {
2849     const unsigned char *s;
2850     unsigned int h;
2851
2852     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
2853     h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, type);
2854     s = filename;
2855     while (*s) {
2856         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, *s);
2857         s++;
2858     }
2859     h &= (CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE - 1);
2860     return h;
2861 }
2862
2863 /* XXX: use a token or a hash table to accelerate matching ? */
2864 static CachedInclude *search_cached_include(TCCState *s1,
2865                                             int type, const char *filename)
2866 {
2867     CachedInclude *e;
2868     int i, h;
2869     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2870     i = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2871     for(;;) {
2872         if (i == 0)
2873             break;
2874         e = s1->cached_includes[i - 1];
2875         if (e->type == type && !strcmp(e->filename, filename))
2876             return e;
2877         i = e->hash_next;
2878     }
2879     return NULL;
2880 }
2881
2882 static inline void add_cached_include(TCCState *s1, int type,
2883                                       const char *filename, int ifndef_macro)
2884 {
2885     CachedInclude *e;
2886     int h;
2887
2888     if (search_cached_include(s1, type, filename))
2889         return;
2890 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
2891     printf("adding cached '%s' %s\n", filename, get_tok_str(ifndef_macro, NULL));
2892 #endif
2893     e = tcc_malloc(sizeof(CachedInclude) + strlen(filename));
2894     if (!e)
2895         return;
2896     e->type = type;
2897     strcpy(e->filename, filename);
2898     e->ifndef_macro = ifndef_macro;
2899     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes, e);
2900     /* add in hash table */
2901     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2902     e->hash_next = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2903     s1->cached_includes_hash[h] = s1->nb_cached_includes;
2904 }
2905
2906 static void pragma_parse(TCCState *s1)
2907 {
2908     int val;
2909
2910     next();
2911     if (tok == TOK_pack) {
2912         /*
2913           This may be:
2914           #pragma pack(1) // set
2915           #pragma pack() // reset to default
2916           #pragma pack(push,1) // push & set
2917           #pragma pack(pop) // restore previous
2918         */
2919         next();
2920         skip('(');
2921         if (tok == TOK_ASM_pop) {
2922             next();
2923             if (s1->pack_stack_ptr <= s1->pack_stack) {
2924             stk_error:
2925                 error("out of pack stack");
2926             }
2927             s1->pack_stack_ptr--;
2928         } else {
2929             val = 0;
2930             if (tok != ')') {
2931                 if (tok == TOK_ASM_push) {
2932                     next();
2933                     if (s1->pack_stack_ptr >= s1->pack_stack + PACK_STACK_SIZE - 1)
2934                         goto stk_error;
2935                     s1->pack_stack_ptr++;
2936                     skip(',');
2937                 }
2938                 if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
2939                 pack_error:
2940                     error("invalid pack pragma");
2941                 }
2942                 val = tokc.i;
2943                 if (val < 1 || val > 16 || (val & (val - 1)) != 0)
2944                     goto pack_error;
2945                 next();
2946             }
2947             *s1->pack_stack_ptr = val;
2948             skip(')');
2949         }
2950     }
2951 }
2952
2953 /* is_bof is true if first non space token at beginning of file */
2954 static void preprocess(int is_bof)
2955 {
2956     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
2957     int size, i, c, n, saved_parse_flags;
2958     char buf[1024], *q;
2959     char buf1[1024];
2960     BufferedFile *f;
2961     Sym *s;
2962     CachedInclude *e;
2963
2964     saved_parse_flags = parse_flags;
2965     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM |
2966         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
2967     next_nomacro();
2968  redo:
2969     switch(tok) {
2970     case TOK_DEFINE:
2971         next_nomacro();
2972         parse_define();
2973         break;
2974     case TOK_UNDEF:
2975         next_nomacro();
2976         s = define_find(tok);
2977         /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
2978         if (s)
2979             define_undef(s);
2980         break;
2981     case TOK_INCLUDE:
2982     case TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT:
2983         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2984         /* XXX: incorrect if comments : use next_nomacro with a special mode */
2985         skip_spaces();
2986         if (ch == '<') {
2987             c = '>';
2988             goto read_name;
2989         } else if (ch == '\"') {
2990             c = ch;
2991         read_name:
2992             inp();
2993             q = buf;
2994             while (ch != c && ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
2995                 if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
2996                     *q++ = ch;
2997                 if (ch == '\\') {
2998                     if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
2999                         --q;
3000                 } else
3001                     inp();
3002             }
3003             *q = '\0';
3004             minp();
3005 #if 0
3006             /* eat all spaces and comments after include */
3007             /* XXX: slightly incorrect */
3008             while (ch1 != '\n' && ch1 != CH_EOF)
3009                 inp();
3010 #endif
3011         } else {
3012             /* computed #include : either we have only strings or
3013                we have anything enclosed in '<>' */
3014             next();
3015             buf[0] = '\0';
3016             if (tok == TOK_STR) {
3017                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3018                     if (tok != TOK_STR) {
3019                     include_syntax:
3020                         error("'#include' expects \"FILENAME\" or <FILENAME>");
3021                     }
3022                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3023                     next();
3024                 }
3025                 c = '\"';
3026             } else {
3027                 int len;
3028                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3029                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3030                     next();
3031                 }
3032                 len = strlen(buf);
3033                 /* check syntax and remove '<>' */
3034                 if (len < 2 || buf[0] != '<' || buf[len - 1] != '>')
3035                     goto include_syntax;
3036                 memmove(buf, buf + 1, len - 2);
3037                 buf[len - 2] = '\0';
3038                 c = '>';
3039             }
3040         }
3041
3042         e = search_cached_include(s1, c, buf);
3043         if (e && define_find(e->ifndef_macro)) {
3044             /* no need to parse the include because the 'ifndef macro'
3045                is defined */
3046 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3047             printf("%s: skipping %s\n", file->filename, buf);
3048 #endif
3049         } else {
3050             if (s1->include_stack_ptr >= s1->include_stack + INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE)
3051                 error("#include recursion too deep");
3052             /* push current file in stack */
3053             /* XXX: fix current line init */
3054             *s1->include_stack_ptr++ = file;
3055             if (c == '\"') {
3056                 /* first search in current dir if "header.h" */
3057                 size = tcc_basename(file->filename) - file->filename;
3058                 if (size > sizeof(buf1) - 1)
3059                     size = sizeof(buf1) - 1;
3060                 memcpy(buf1, file->filename, size);
3061                 buf1[size] = '\0';
3062                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3063                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3064                 if (f) {
3065                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3066                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3067                     else
3068                         goto found;
3069                 }
3070             }
3071             /* now search in all the include paths */
3072             n = s1->nb_include_paths + s1->nb_sysinclude_paths;
3073             for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3074                 const char *path;
3075                 if (i < s1->nb_include_paths)
3076                     path = s1->include_paths[i];
3077                 else
3078                     path = s1->sysinclude_paths[i - s1->nb_include_paths];
3079                 pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), path);
3080                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "/");
3081                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3082                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3083                 if (f) {
3084                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3085                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3086                     else
3087                         goto found;
3088                 }
3089             }
3090             --s1->include_stack_ptr;
3091             error("include file '%s' not found", buf);
3092             break;
3093         found:
3094 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3095             printf("%s: including %s\n", file->filename, buf1);
3096 #endif
3097             f->inc_type = c;
3098             pstrcpy(f->inc_filename, sizeof(f->inc_filename), buf);
3099             file = f;
3100             /* add include file debug info */
3101             if (do_debug) {
3102                 put_stabs(file->filename, N_BINCL, 0, 0, 0);
3103             }
3104             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOF | TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3105             ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3106             goto the_end;
3107         }
3108         break;
3109     case TOK_IFNDEF:
3110         c = 1;
3111         goto do_ifdef;
3112     case TOK_IF:
3113         c = expr_preprocess();
3114         goto do_if;
3115     case TOK_IFDEF:
3116         c = 0;
3117     do_ifdef:
3118         next_nomacro();
3119         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
3120             error("invalid argument for '#if%sdef'", c ? "n" : "");
3121         if (is_bof) {
3122             if (c) {
3123 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3124                 printf("#ifndef %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
3125 #endif
3126                 file->ifndef_macro = tok;
3127             }
3128         }
3129         c = (define_find(tok) != 0) ^ c;
3130     do_if:
3131         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr >= s1->ifdef_stack + IFDEF_STACK_SIZE)
3132             error("memory full");
3133         *s1->ifdef_stack_ptr++ = c;
3134         goto test_skip;
3135     case TOK_ELSE:
3136         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3137             error("#else without matching #if");
3138         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] & 2)
3139             error("#else after #else");
3140         c = (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] ^= 3);
3141         goto test_skip;
3142     case TOK_ELIF:
3143         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3144             error("#elif without matching #if");
3145         c = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1];
3146         if (c > 1)
3147             error("#elif after #else");
3148         /* last #if/#elif expression was true: we skip */
3149         if (c == 1)
3150             goto skip;
3151         c = expr_preprocess();
3152         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] = c;
3153     test_skip:
3154         if (!(c & 1)) {
3155         skip:
3156             preprocess_skip();
3157             is_bof = 0;
3158             goto redo;
3159         }
3160         break;
3161     case TOK_ENDIF:
3162         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr <= file->ifdef_stack_ptr)
3163             error("#endif without matching #if");
3164         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr--;
3165         /* '#ifndef macro' was at the start of file. Now we check if
3166            an '#endif' is exactly at the end of file */
3167         if (file->ifndef_macro &&
3168             s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == file->ifdef_stack_ptr) {
3169             file->ifndef_macro_saved = file->ifndef_macro;
3170             /* need to set to zero to avoid false matches if another
3171                #ifndef at middle of file */
3172             file->ifndef_macro = 0;
3173             while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3174                 next_nomacro();
3175             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_ENDIF;
3176             goto the_end;
3177         }
3178         break;
3179     case TOK_LINE:
3180         next();
3181         if (tok != TOK_CINT)
3182             error("#line");
3183         file->line_num = tokc.i - 1; /* the line number will be incremented after */
3184         next();
3185         if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3186             if (tok != TOK_STR)
3187                 error("#line");
3188             pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof(file->filename),
3189                     (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3190         }
3191         break;
3192     case TOK_ERROR:
3193     case TOK_WARNING:
3194         c = tok;
3195         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3196         skip_spaces();
3197         q = buf;
3198         while (ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
3199             if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
3200                 *q++ = ch;
3201             if (ch == '\\') {
3202                 if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
3203                     --q;
3204             } else
3205                 inp();
3206         }
3207         *q = '\0';
3208         if (c == TOK_ERROR)
3209             error("#error %s", buf);
3210         else
3211             warning("#warning %s", buf);
3212         break;
3213     case TOK_PRAGMA:
3214         pragma_parse(s1);
3215         break;
3216     default:
3217         if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED || tok == '!' || tok == TOK_CINT) {
3218             /* '!' is ignored to allow C scripts. numbers are ignored
3219                to emulate cpp behaviour */
3220         } else {
3221             if (!(saved_parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS))
3222                 warning("Ignoring unknown preprocessing directive #%s", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3223         }
3224         break;
3225     }
3226     /* ignore other preprocess commands or #! for C scripts */
3227     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3228         next_nomacro();
3229  the_end:
3230     parse_flags = saved_parse_flags;
3231 }
3232
3233 /* evaluate escape codes in a string. */
3234 static void parse_escape_string(CString *outstr, const uint8_t *buf, int is_long)
3235 {
3236     int c, n;
3237     const uint8_t *p;
3238
3239     p = buf;
3240     for(;;) {
3241         c = *p;
3242         if (c == '\0')
3243             break;
3244         if (c == '\\') {
3245             p++;
3246             /* escape */
3247             c = *p;
3248             switch(c) {
3249             case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3250             case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3251                 /* at most three octal digits */
3252                 n = c - '0';
3253                 p++;
3254                 c = *p;
3255                 if (isoct(c)) {
3256                     n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3257                     p++;
3258                     c = *p;
3259                     if (isoct(c)) {
3260                         n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3261                         p++;
3262                     }
3263                 }
3264                 c = n;
3265                 goto add_char_nonext;
3266             case 'x':
3267             case 'u':
3268             case 'U':
3269                 p++;
3270                 n = 0;
3271                 for(;;) {
3272                     c = *p;
3273                     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
3274                         c = c - 'a' + 10;
3275                     else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
3276                         c = c - 'A' + 10;
3277                     else if (isnum(c))
3278                         c = c - '0';
3279                     else
3280                         break;
3281                     n = n * 16 + c;
3282                     p++;
3283                 }
3284                 c = n;
3285                 goto add_char_nonext;
3286             case 'a':
3287                 c = '\a';
3288                 break;
3289             case 'b':
3290                 c = '\b';
3291                 break;
3292             case 'f':
3293                 c = '\f';
3294                 break;
3295             case 'n':
3296                 c = '\n';
3297                 break;
3298             case 'r':
3299                 c = '\r';
3300                 break;
3301             case 't':
3302                 c = '\t';
3303                 break;
3304             case 'v':
3305                 c = '\v';
3306                 break;
3307             case 'e':
3308                 if (!gnu_ext)
3309                     goto invalid_escape;
3310                 c = 27;
3311                 break;
3312             case '\'':
3313             case '\"':
3314             case '\\':
3315             case '?':
3316                 break;
3317             default:
3318             invalid_escape:
3319                 if (c >= '!' && c <= '~')
3320                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\%c\'", c);
3321                 else
3322                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\x%x\'", c);
3323                 break;
3324             }
3325         }
3326         p++;
3327     add_char_nonext:
3328         if (!is_long)
3329             cstr_ccat(outstr, c);
3330         else
3331             cstr_wccat(outstr, c);
3332     }
3333     /* add a trailing '\0' */
3334     if (!is_long)
3335         cstr_ccat(outstr, '\0');
3336     else
3337         cstr_wccat(outstr, '\0');
3338 }
3339
3340 /* we use 64 bit numbers */
3341 #define BN_SIZE 2
3342
3343 /* bn = (bn << shift) | or_val */
3344 void bn_lshift(unsigned int *bn, int shift, int or_val)
3345 {
3346     int i;
3347     unsigned int v;
3348     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3349         v = bn[i];
3350         bn[i] = (v << shift) | or_val;
3351         or_val = v >> (32 - shift);
3352     }
3353 }
3354
3355 void bn_zero(unsigned int *bn)
3356 {
3357     int i;
3358     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3359         bn[i] = 0;
3360     }
3361 }
3362
3363 /* parse number in null terminated string 'p' and return it in the
3364    current token */
3365 void parse_number(const char *p)
3366 {
3367     int b, t, shift, frac_bits, s, exp_val, ch;
3368     char *q;
3369     unsigned int bn[BN_SIZE];
3370     double d;
3371
3372     /* number */
3373     q = token_buf;
3374     ch = *p++;
3375     t = ch;
3376     ch = *p++;
3377     *q++ = t;
3378     b = 10;
3379     if (t == '.') {
3380         goto float_frac_parse;
3381     } else if (t == '0') {
3382         if (ch == 'x' || ch == 'X') {
3383             q--;
3384             ch = *p++;
3385             b = 16;
3386         } else if (tcc_ext && (ch == 'b' || ch == 'B')) {
3387             q--;
3388             ch = *p++;
3389             b = 2;
3390         }
3391     }
3392     /* parse all digits. cannot check octal numbers at this stage
3393        because of floating point constants */
3394     while (1) {
3395         if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
3396             t = ch - 'a' + 10;
3397         else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')
3398             t = ch - 'A' + 10;
3399         else if (isnum(ch))
3400             t = ch - '0';
3401         else
3402             break;
3403         if (t >= b)
3404             break;
3405         if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE) {
3406         num_too_long:
3407             error("number too long");
3408         }
3409         *q++ = ch;
3410         ch = *p++;
3411     }
3412     if (ch == '.' ||
3413         ((ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') && b == 10) ||
3414         ((ch == 'p' || ch == 'P') && (b == 16 || b == 2))) {
3415         if (b != 10) {
3416             /* NOTE: strtox should support that for hexa numbers, but
3417                non ISOC99 libcs do not support it, so we prefer to do
3418                it by hand */
3419             /* hexadecimal or binary floats */
3420             /* XXX: handle overflows */
3421             *q = '\0';
3422             if (b == 16)
3423                 shift = 4;
3424             else
3425                 shift = 2;
3426             bn_zero(bn);
3427             q = token_buf;
3428             while (1) {
3429                 t = *q++;
3430                 if (t == '\0') {
3431                     break;
3432                 } else if (t >= 'a') {
3433                     t = t - 'a' + 10;
3434                 } else if (t >= 'A') {
3435                     t = t - 'A' + 10;
3436                 } else {
3437                     t = t - '0';
3438                 }
3439                 bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3440             }
3441             frac_bits = 0;
3442             if (ch == '.') {
3443                 ch = *p++;
3444                 while (1) {
3445                     t = ch;
3446                     if (t >= 'a' && t <= 'f') {
3447                         t = t - 'a' + 10;
3448                     } else if (t >= 'A' && t <= 'F') {
3449                         t = t - 'A' + 10;
3450                     } else if (t >= '0' && t <= '9') {
3451                         t = t - '0';
3452                     } else {
3453                         break;
3454                     }
3455                     if (t >= b)
3456                         error("invalid digit");
3457                     bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3458                     frac_bits += shift;
3459                     ch = *p++;
3460                 }
3461             }
3462             if (ch != 'p' && ch != 'P')
3463                 expect("exponent");
3464             ch = *p++;
3465             s = 1;
3466             exp_val = 0;
3467             if (ch == '+') {
3468                 ch = *p++;
3469             } else if (ch == '-') {
3470                 s = -1;
3471                 ch = *p++;
3472             }
3473             if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3474                 expect("exponent digits");
3475             while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3476                 exp_val = exp_val * 10 + ch - '0';
3477                 ch = *p++;
3478             }
3479             exp_val = exp_val * s;
3480
3481             /* now we can generate the number */
3482             /* XXX: should patch directly float number */
3483             d = (double)bn[1] * 4294967296.0 + (double)bn[0];
3484             d = ldexp(d, exp_val - frac_bits);
3485             t = toup(ch);
3486             if (t == 'F') {
3487                 ch = *p++;
3488                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3489                 /* float : should handle overflow */
3490                 tokc.f = (float)d;
3491             } else if (t == 'L') {
3492                 ch = *p++;
3493                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3494                 /* XXX: not large enough */
3495                 tokc.ld = (long double)d;
3496             } else {
3497                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3498                 tokc.d = d;
3499             }
3500         } else {
3501             /* decimal floats */
3502             if (ch == '.') {
3503                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3504                     goto num_too_long;
3505                 *q++ = ch;
3506                 ch = *p++;
3507             float_frac_parse:
3508                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3509                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3510                         goto num_too_long;
3511                     *q++ = ch;
3512                     ch = *p++;
3513                 }
3514             }
3515             if (ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') {
3516                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3517                     goto num_too_long;
3518                 *q++ = ch;
3519                 ch = *p++;
3520                 if (ch == '-' || ch == '+') {
3521                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3522                         goto num_too_long;
3523                     *q++ = ch;
3524                     ch = *p++;
3525                 }
3526                 if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3527                     expect("exponent digits");
3528                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3529                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3530                         goto num_too_long;
3531                     *q++ = ch;
3532                     ch = *p++;
3533                 }
3534             }
3535             *q = '\0';
3536             t = toup(ch);
3537             errno = 0;
3538             if (t == 'F') {
3539                 ch = *p++;
3540                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3541                 tokc.f = strtof(token_buf, NULL);
3542             } else if (t == 'L') {
3543                 ch = *p++;
3544                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3545                 tokc.ld = strtold(token_buf, NULL);
3546             } else {
3547                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3548                 tokc.d = strtod(token_buf, NULL);
3549             }
3550         }
3551     } else {
3552         unsigned long long n, n1;
3553         int lcount, ucount;
3554
3555         /* integer number */
3556         *q = '\0';
3557         q = token_buf;
3558         if (b == 10 && *q == '0') {
3559             b = 8;
3560             q++;
3561         }
3562         n = 0;
3563         while(1) {
3564             t = *q++;
3565             /* no need for checks except for base 10 / 8 errors */
3566             if (t == '\0') {
3567                 break;
3568             } else if (t >= 'a') {
3569                 t = t - 'a' + 10;
3570             } else if (t >= 'A') {
3571                 t = t - 'A' + 10;
3572             } else {
3573                 t = t - '0';
3574                 if (t >= b)
3575                     error("invalid digit");
3576             }
3577             n1 = n;
3578             n = n * b + t;
3579             /* detect overflow */
3580             /* XXX: this test is not reliable */
3581             if (n < n1)
3582                 error("integer constant overflow");
3583         }
3584
3585         /* XXX: not exactly ANSI compliant */
3586         if ((n & 0xffffffff00000000LL) != 0) {
3587             if ((n >> 63) != 0)
3588                 tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3589             else
3590                 tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3591         } else if (n > 0x7fffffff) {
3592             tok = TOK_CUINT;
3593         } else {
3594             tok = TOK_CINT;
3595         }
3596         lcount = 0;
3597         ucount = 0;
3598         for(;;) {
3599             t = toup(ch);
3600             if (t == 'L') {
3601                 if (lcount >= 2)
3602                     error("three 'l's in integer constant");
3603                 lcount++;
3604                 if (lcount == 2) {
3605                     if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3606                         tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3607                     else if (tok == TOK_CUINT)
3608                         tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3609                 }
3610                 ch = *p++;
3611             } else if (t == 'U') {
3612                 if (ucount >= 1)
3613                     error("two 'u's in integer constant");
3614                 ucount++;
3615                 if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3616                     tok = TOK_CUINT;
3617                 else if (tok == TOK_CLLONG)
3618                     tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3619                 ch = *p++;
3620             } else {
3621                 break;
3622             }
3623         }
3624         if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
3625             tokc.ui = n;
3626         else
3627             tokc.ull = n;
3628     }
3629 }
3630
3631
3632 #define PARSE2(c1, tok1, c2, tok2)              \
3633     case c1:                                    \
3634         PEEKC(c, p);                            \
3635         if (c == c2) {                          \
3636             p++;                                \
3637             tok = tok2;                         \
3638         } else {                                \
3639             tok = tok1;                         \
3640         }                                       \
3641         break;
3642
3643 /* return next token without macro substitution */
3644 static inline void next_nomacro1(void)
3645 {
3646     int t, c, is_long;
3647     TokenSym *ts;
3648     uint8_t *p, *p1;
3649     unsigned int h;
3650
3651     p = file->buf_ptr;
3652  redo_no_start:
3653     c = *p;
3654     switch(c) {
3655     case ' ':
3656     case '\t':
3657     case '\f':
3658     case '\v':
3659     case '\r':
3660         p++;
3661         goto redo_no_start;
3662
3663     case '\\':
3664         /* first look if it is in fact an end of buffer */
3665         if (p >= file->buf_end) {
3666             file->buf_ptr = p;
3667             handle_eob();
3668             p = file->buf_ptr;
3669             if (p >= file->buf_end)
3670                 goto parse_eof;
3671             else
3672                 goto redo_no_start;
3673         } else {
3674             file->buf_ptr = p;
3675             ch = *p;
3676             handle_stray();
3677             p = file->buf_ptr;
3678             goto redo_no_start;
3679         }
3680     parse_eof:
3681         {
3682             TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
3683             if ((parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED)
3684                 && !(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_EOF)) {
3685                 tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3686                 tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3687                 goto keep_tok_flags;
3688             } else if (s1->include_stack_ptr == s1->include_stack ||
3689                        !(parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3690                 /* no include left : end of file. */
3691                 tok = TOK_EOF;
3692             } else {
3693                 tok_flags &= ~TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3694                 /* pop include file */
3695
3696                 /* test if previous '#endif' was after a #ifdef at
3697                    start of file */
3698                 if (tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_ENDIF) {
3699 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3700                     printf("#endif %s\n", get_tok_str(file->ifndef_macro_saved, NULL));
3701 #endif
3702                     add_cached_include(s1, file->inc_type, file->inc_filename,
3703                                        file->ifndef_macro_saved);
3704                 }
3705
3706                 /* add end of include file debug info */
3707                 if (do_debug) {
3708                     put_stabd(N_EINCL, 0, 0);
3709                 }
3710                 /* pop include stack */
3711                 tcc_close(file);
3712                 s1->include_stack_ptr--;
3713                 file = *s1->include_stack_ptr;
3714                 p = file->buf_ptr;
3715                 goto redo_no_start;
3716             }
3717         }
3718         break;
3719
3720     case '\n':
3721         file->line_num++;
3722         tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3723         p++;
3724         if (0 == (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED))
3725             goto redo_no_start;
3726         tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3727         goto keep_tok_flags;
3728
3729     case '#':
3730         /* XXX: simplify */
3731         PEEKC(c, p);
3732         if ((tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOL) &&
3733             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3734             file->buf_ptr = p;
3735             preprocess(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOF);
3736             p = file->buf_ptr;
3737             goto redo_no_start;
3738         } else {
3739             if (c == '#') {
3740                 p++;
3741                 tok = TOK_TWOSHARPS;
3742             } else {
3743                 if (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS) {
3744                     p = parse_line_comment(p - 1);
3745                     goto redo_no_start;
3746                 } else {
3747                     tok = '#';
3748                 }
3749             }
3750         }
3751         break;
3752
3753     case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd':
3754     case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
3755     case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
3756     case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p':
3757     case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
3758     case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
3759     case 'y': case 'z':
3760     case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D':
3761     case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H':
3762     case 'I': case 'J': case 'K':
3763     case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P':
3764     case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
3765     case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
3766     case 'Y': case 'Z':
3767     case '_':
3768     parse_ident_fast:
3769         p1 = p;
3770         h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
3771         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3772         p++;
3773         for(;;) {
3774             c = *p;
3775             if (!isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF])
3776                 break;
3777             h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3778             p++;
3779         }
3780         if (c != '\\') {
3781             TokenSym **pts;
3782             int len;
3783
3784             /* fast case : no stray found, so we have the full token
3785                and we have already hashed it */
3786             len = p - p1;
3787             h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
3788             pts = &hash_ident[h];
3789             for(;;) {
3790                 ts = *pts;
3791                 if (!ts)
3792                     break;
3793                 if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, p1, len))
3794                     goto token_found;
3795                 pts = &(ts->hash_next);
3796             }
3797             ts = tok_alloc_new(pts, p1, len);
3798         token_found: ;
3799         } else {
3800             /* slower case */
3801             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3802
3803             while (p1 < p) {
3804                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, *p1);
3805                 p1++;
3806             }
3807             p--;
3808             PEEKC(c, p);
3809         parse_ident_slow:
3810             while (isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF]) {
3811                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3812                 PEEKC(c, p);
3813             }
3814             ts = tok_alloc(tokcstr.data, tokcstr.size);
3815         }
3816         tok = ts->tok;
3817         break;
3818     case 'L':
3819         t = p[1];
3820         if (t != '\\' && t != '\'' && t != '\"') {
3821             /* fast case */
3822             goto parse_ident_fast;
3823         } else {
3824             PEEKC(c, p);
3825             if (c == '\'' || c == '\"') {
3826                 is_long = 1;
3827                 goto str_const;
3828             } else {
3829                 cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3830                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, 'L');
3831                 goto parse_ident_slow;
3832             }
3833         }
3834         break;
3835     case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3836     case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3837     case '8': case '9':
3838
3839         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3840         /* after the first digit, accept digits, alpha, '.' or sign if
3841            prefixed by 'eEpP' */
3842     parse_num:
3843         for(;;) {
3844             t = c;
3845             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3846             PEEKC(c, p);
3847             if (!(isnum(c) || isid(c) || c == '.' ||
3848                   ((c == '+' || c == '-') &&
3849                    (t == 'e' || t == 'E' || t == 'p' || t == 'P'))))
3850                 break;
3851         }
3852         /* We add a trailing '\0' to ease parsing */
3853         cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '\0');
3854         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3855         tok = TOK_PPNUM;
3856         break;
3857     case '.':
3858         /* special dot handling because it can also start a number */
3859         PEEKC(c, p);
3860         if (isnum(c)) {
3861             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3862             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '.');
3863             goto parse_num;
3864         } else if (c == '.') {
3865             PEEKC(c, p);
3866             if (c != '.')
3867                 expect("'.'");
3868             PEEKC(c, p);
3869             tok = TOK_DOTS;
3870         } else {
3871             tok = '.';
3872         }
3873         break;
3874     case '\'':
3875     case '\"':
3876         is_long = 0;
3877     str_const:
3878         {
3879             CString str;
3880             int sep;
3881
3882             sep = c;
3883
3884             /* parse the string */
3885             cstr_new(&str);
3886             p = parse_pp_string(p, sep, &str);
3887             cstr_ccat(&str, '\0');
3888
3889             /* eval the escape (should be done as TOK_PPNUM) */
3890             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3891             parse_escape_string(&tokcstr, str.data, is_long);
3892             cstr_free(&str);
3893
3894             if (sep == '\'') {
3895                 int char_size;
3896                 /* XXX: make it portable */
3897                 if (!is_long)
3898                     char_size = 1;
3899                 else
3900                     char_size = sizeof(nwchar_t);
3901                 if (tokcstr.size <= char_size)
3902                     error("empty character constant");
3903                 if (tokcstr.size > 2 * char_size)
3904                     warning("multi-character character constant");
3905                 if (!is_long) {
3906                     tokc.i = *(int8_t *)tokcstr.data;
3907                     tok = TOK_CCHAR;
3908                 } else {
3909                     tokc.i = *(nwchar_t *)tokcstr.data;
3910                     tok = TOK_LCHAR;
3911                 }
3912             } else {
3913                 tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3914                 if (!is_long)
3915                     tok = TOK_STR;
3916                 else
3917                     tok = TOK_LSTR;
3918             }
3919         }
3920         break;
3921
3922     case '<':
3923         PEEKC(c, p);
3924         if (c == '=') {
3925             p++;
3926             tok = TOK_LE;
3927         } else if (c == '<') {
3928             PEEKC(c, p);
3929             if (c == '=') {
3930                 p++;
3931                 tok = TOK_A_SHL;
3932             } else {
3933                 tok = TOK_SHL;
3934             }
3935         } else {
3936             tok = TOK_LT;
3937         }
3938         break;
3939
3940     case '>':
3941         PEEKC(c, p);
3942         if (c == '=') {
3943             p++;
3944             tok = TOK_GE;
3945         } else if (c == '>') {
3946             PEEKC(c, p);
3947             if (c == '=') {
3948                 p++;
3949                 tok = TOK_A_SAR;
3950             } else {
3951                 tok = TOK_SAR;
3952             }
3953         } else {
3954             tok = TOK_GT;
3955         }
3956         break;
3957
3958     case '&':
3959         PEEKC(c, p);
3960         if (c == '&') {
3961             p++;
3962             tok = TOK_LAND;
3963         } else if (c == '=') {
3964             p++;
3965             tok = TOK_A_AND;
3966         } else {
3967             tok = '&';
3968         }
3969         break;
3970
3971     case '|':
3972         PEEKC(c, p);
3973         if (c == '|') {
3974             p++;
3975             tok = TOK_LOR;
3976         } else if (c == '=') {
3977             p++;
3978             tok = TOK_A_OR;
3979         } else {
3980             tok = '|';
3981         }
3982         break;
3983
3984     case '+':
3985         PEEKC(c, p);
3986         if (c == '+') {
3987             p++;
3988             tok = TOK_INC;
3989         } else if (c == '=') {
3990             p++;
3991             tok = TOK_A_ADD;
3992         } else {
3993             tok = '+';
3994         }
3995         break;
3996
3997     case '-':
3998         PEEKC(c, p);
3999         if (c == '-') {
4000             p++;
4001             tok = TOK_DEC;
4002         } else if (c == '=') {
4003             p++;
4004             tok = TOK_A_SUB;
4005         } else if (c == '>') {
4006             p++;
4007             tok = TOK_ARROW;
4008         } else {
4009             tok = '-';
4010         }
4011         break;
4012
4013     PARSE2('!', '!', '=', TOK_NE)
4014     PARSE2('=', '=', '=', TOK_EQ)
4015     PARSE2('*', '*', '=', TOK_A_MUL)
4016     PARSE2('%', '%', '=', TOK_A_MOD)
4017     PARSE2('^', '^', '=', TOK_A_XOR)
4018
4019         /* comments or operator */
4020     case '/':
4021         PEEKC(c, p);
4022         if (c == '*') {
4023             p = parse_comment(p);
4024             goto redo_no_start;
4025         } else if (c == '/') {
4026             p = parse_line_comment(p);
4027             goto redo_no_start;
4028         } else if (c == '=') {
4029             p++;
4030             tok = TOK_A_DIV;
4031         } else {
4032             tok = '/';
4033         }
4034         break;
4035
4036         /* simple tokens */
4037     case '(':
4038     case ')':
4039     case '[':
4040     case ']':
4041     case '{':
4042     case '}':
4043     case ',':
4044     case ';':
4045     case ':':
4046     case '?':
4047     case '~':
4048     case '$': /* only used in assembler */
4049     case '@': /* dito */
4050         tok = c;
4051         p++;
4052         break;
4053     default:
4054         error("unrecognized character \\x%02x", c);
4055         break;
4056     }
4057     tok_flags = 0;
4058 keep_tok_flags:
4059     file->buf_ptr = p;
4060 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
4061     printf("token = %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
4062 #endif
4063 }
4064
4065 /* return next token without macro substitution. Can read input from
4066    macro_ptr buffer */
4067 static void next_nomacro(void)
4068 {
4069     if (macro_ptr) {
4070     redo:
4071         tok = *macro_ptr;
4072         if (tok) {
4073             TOK_GET(tok, macro_ptr, tokc);
4074             if (tok == TOK_LINENUM) {
4075                 file->line_num = tokc.i;
4076                 goto redo;
4077             }
4078         }
4079     } else {
4080         next_nomacro1();
4081     }
4082 }
4083
4084 /* substitute args in macro_str and return allocated string */
4085 static int *macro_arg_subst(Sym **nested_list, int *macro_str, Sym *args)
4086 {
4087     int *st, last_tok, t, notfirst;
4088     Sym *s;
4089     CValue cval;
4090     TokenString str;
4091     CString cstr;
4092
4093     tok_str_new(&str);
4094     last_tok = 0;
4095     while(1) {
4096         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4097         if (!t)
4098             break;
4099         if (t == '#') {
4100             /* stringize */
4101             TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4102             if (!t)
4103                 break;
4104             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4105             if (s) {
4106                 cstr_new(&cstr);
4107                 st = (int *)s->c;
4108                 notfirst = 0;
4109                 while (*st) {
4110                     if (notfirst)
4111                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, ' ');
4112                     TOK_GET(t, st, cval);
4113                     cstr_cat(&cstr, get_tok_str(t, &cval));
4114 #ifndef PP_NOSPACES
4115                     notfirst = 1;
4116 #endif
4117                 }
4118                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4119 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
4120                 printf("stringize: %s\n", (char *)cstr.data);
4121 #endif
4122                 /* add string */
4123                 cval.cstr = &cstr;
4124                 tok_str_add2(&str, TOK_STR, &cval);
4125                 cstr_free(&cstr);
4126             } else {
4127                 tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4128             }
4129         } else if (t >= TOK_IDENT) {
4130             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4131             if (s) {
4132                 st = (int *)s->c;
4133                 /* if '##' is present before or after, no arg substitution */
4134                 if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS || last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4135                     /* special case for var arg macros : ## eats the
4136                        ',' if empty VA_ARGS variable. */
4137                     /* XXX: test of the ',' is not 100%
4138                        reliable. should fix it to avoid security
4139                        problems */
4140                     if (gnu_ext && s->type.t &&
4141                         last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS &&
4142                         str.len >= 2 && str.str[str.len - 2] == ',') {
4143                         if (*st == 0) {
4144                             /* suppress ',' '##' */
4145                             str.len -= 2;
4146                         } else {
4147                             /* suppress '##' and add variable */
4148                             str.len--;
4149                             goto add_var;
4150                         }
4151                     } else {
4152                         int t1;
4153                     add_var:
4154                         for(;;) {
4155                             TOK_GET(t1, st, cval);
4156                             if (!t1)
4157                                 break;
4158                             tok_str_add2(&str, t1, &cval);
4159                         }
4160                     }
4161                 } else {
4162                     /* NOTE: the stream cannot be read when macro
4163                        substituing an argument */
4164                     macro_subst(&str, nested_list, st, NULL);
4165                 }
4166             } else {
4167                 tok_str_add(&str, t);
4168             }
4169         } else {
4170             tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4171         }
4172         last_tok = t;
4173     }
4174     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4175     return str.str;
4176 }
4177
4178 static char const ab_month_name[12][4] =
4179 {
4180     "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
4181     "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
4182 };
4183
4184 /* do macro substitution of current token with macro 's' and add
4185    result to (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all
4186    macros we got inside to avoid recursing. Return non zero if no
4187    substitution needs to be done */
4188 static int macro_subst_tok(TokenString *tok_str,
4189                            Sym **nested_list, Sym *s, struct macro_level **can_read_stream)
4190 {
4191     Sym *args, *sa, *sa1;
4192     int mstr_allocated, parlevel, *mstr, t, t1;
4193     TokenString str;
4194     char *cstrval;
4195     CValue cval;
4196     CString cstr;
4197     char buf[32];
4198
4199     /* if symbol is a macro, prepare substitution */
4200     /* special macros */
4201     if (tok == TOK___LINE__) {
4202         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", file->line_num);
4203         cstrval = buf;
4204         t1 = TOK_PPNUM;
4205         goto add_cstr1;
4206     } else if (tok == TOK___FILE__) {
4207         cstrval = file->filename;
4208         goto add_cstr;
4209     } else if (tok == TOK___DATE__ || tok == TOK___TIME__) {
4210         time_t ti;
4211         struct tm *tm;
4212
4213         time(&ti);
4214         tm = localtime(&ti);
4215         if (tok == TOK___DATE__) {
4216             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %2d %d",
4217                      ab_month_name[tm->tm_mon], tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_year + 1900);
4218         } else {
4219             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%02d:%02d:%02d",
4220                      tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
4221         }
4222         cstrval = buf;
4223     add_cstr:
4224         t1 = TOK_STR;
4225     add_cstr1:
4226         cstr_new(&cstr);
4227         cstr_cat(&cstr, cstrval);
4228         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4229         cval.cstr = &cstr;
4230         tok_str_add2(tok_str, t1, &cval);
4231         cstr_free(&cstr);
4232     } else {
4233         mstr = (int *)s->c;
4234         mstr_allocated = 0;
4235         if (s->type.t == MACRO_FUNC) {
4236             /* NOTE: we do not use next_nomacro to avoid eating the
4237                next token. XXX: find better solution */
4238         redo:
4239             if (macro_ptr) {
4240                 t = *macro_ptr;
4241                 if (t == 0 && can_read_stream) {
4242                     /* end of macro stream: we must look at the token
4243                        after in the file */
4244                     struct macro_level *ml = *can_read_stream;
4245                     macro_ptr = NULL;
4246                     if (ml)
4247                     {
4248                         macro_ptr = ml->p;
4249                         ml->p = NULL;
4250                         *can_read_stream = ml -> prev;
4251                     }
4252                     goto redo;
4253                 }
4254             } else {
4255                 /* XXX: incorrect with comments */
4256                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
4257                 while (is_space(ch) || ch == '\n')
4258                     cinp();
4259                 t = ch;
4260             }
4261             if (t != '(') /* no macro subst */
4262                 return -1;
4263
4264             /* argument macro */
4265             next_nomacro();
4266             next_nomacro();
4267             args = NULL;
4268             sa = s->next;
4269             /* NOTE: empty args are allowed, except if no args */
4270             for(;;) {
4271                 /* handle '()' case */
4272                 if (!args && !sa && tok == ')')
4273                     break;
4274                 if (!sa)
4275                     error("macro '%s' used with too many args",
4276                           get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4277                 tok_str_new(&str);
4278                 parlevel = 0;
4279                 /* NOTE: non zero sa->t indicates VA_ARGS */
4280                 while ((parlevel > 0 ||
4281                         (tok != ')' &&
4282                          (tok != ',' || sa->type.t))) &&
4283                        tok != -1) {
4284                     if (tok == '(')
4285                         parlevel++;
4286                     else if (tok == ')')
4287                         parlevel--;
4288                     if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
4289                         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
4290                     next_nomacro();
4291                 }
4292                 tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4293                 sym_push2(&args, sa->v & ~SYM_FIELD, sa->type.t, (int)str.str);
4294                 sa = sa->next;
4295                 if (tok == ')') {
4296                     /* special case for gcc var args: add an empty
4297                        var arg argument if it is omitted */
4298                     if (sa && sa->type.t && gnu_ext)
4299                         continue;
4300                     else
4301                         break;
4302                 }
4303                 if (tok != ',')
4304                     expect(",");
4305                 next_nomacro();
4306             }
4307             if (sa) {
4308                 error("macro '%s' used with too few args",
4309                       get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4310             }
4311
4312             /* now subst each arg */
4313             mstr = macro_arg_subst(nested_list, mstr, args);
4314             /* free memory */
4315             sa = args;
4316             while (sa) {
4317                 sa1 = sa->prev;
4318                 tok_str_free((int *)sa->c);
4319                 sym_free(sa);
4320                 sa = sa1;
4321             }
4322             mstr_allocated = 1;
4323         }
4324         sym_push2(nested_list, s->v, 0, 0);
4325         macro_subst(tok_str, nested_list, mstr, can_read_stream);
4326         /* pop nested defined symbol */
4327         sa1 = *nested_list;
4328         *nested_list = sa1->prev;
4329         sym_free(sa1);
4330         if (mstr_allocated)
4331             tok_str_free(mstr);
4332     }
4333     return 0;
4334 }
4335
4336 /* handle the '##' operator. Return NULL if no '##' seen. Otherwise
4337    return the resulting string (which must be freed). */
4338 static inline int *macro_twosharps(const int *macro_str)
4339 {
4340     TokenSym *ts;
4341     const int *macro_ptr1, *start_macro_ptr, *ptr, *saved_macro_ptr;
4342     int t;
4343     const char *p1, *p2;
4344     CValue cval;
4345     TokenString macro_str1;
4346     CString cstr;
4347
4348     start_macro_ptr = macro_str;
4349     /* we search the first '##' */
4350     for(;;) {
4351         macro_ptr1 = macro_str;
4352         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4353         /* nothing more to do if end of string */
4354         if (t == 0)
4355             return NULL;
4356         if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS)
4357             break;
4358     }
4359
4360     /* we saw '##', so we need more processing to handle it */
4361     cstr_new(&cstr);
4362     tok_str_new(&macro_str1);
4363     tok = t;
4364     tokc = cval;
4365
4366     /* add all tokens seen so far */
4367     for(ptr = start_macro_ptr; ptr < macro_ptr1;) {
4368         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4369         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, t, &cval);
4370     }
4371     saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4372     /* XXX: get rid of the use of macro_ptr here */
4373     macro_ptr = (int *)macro_str;
4374     for(;;) {
4375         while (*macro_ptr == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4376             macro_ptr++;
4377             macro_ptr1 = macro_ptr;
4378             t = *macro_ptr;
4379             if (t) {
4380                 TOK_GET(t, macro_ptr, cval);
4381                 /* We concatenate the two tokens if we have an
4382                    identifier or a preprocessing number */
4383                 cstr_reset(&cstr);
4384                 p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4385                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4386                 p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4387                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p2);
4388                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4389
4390                 if ((tok >= TOK_IDENT || tok == TOK_PPNUM) &&
4391                     (t >= TOK_IDENT || t == TOK_PPNUM)) {
4392                     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM) {
4393                         /* if number, then create a number token */
4394                         /* NOTE: no need to allocate because
4395                            tok_str_add2() does it */
4396                         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
4397                         tokcstr = cstr;
4398                         cstr_new(&cstr);
4399                         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
4400                     } else {
4401                         /* if identifier, we must do a test to
4402                            validate we have a correct identifier */
4403                         if (t == TOK_PPNUM) {
4404                             const char *p;
4405                             int c;
4406
4407                             p = p2;
4408                             for(;;) {
4409                                 c = *p;
4410                                 if (c == '\0')
4411                                     break;
4412                                 p++;
4413                                 if (!isnum(c) && !isid(c))
4414                                     goto error_pasting;
4415                             }
4416                         }
4417                         ts = tok_alloc(cstr.data, strlen(cstr.data));
4418                         tok = ts->tok; /* modify current token */
4419                     }
4420                 } else {
4421                     const char *str = cstr.data;
4422                     const unsigned char *q;
4423
4424                     /* we look for a valid token */
4425                     /* XXX: do more extensive checks */
4426                     if (!strcmp(str, ">>=")) {
4427                         tok = TOK_A_SAR;
4428                     } else if (!strcmp(str, "<<=")) {
4429                         tok = TOK_A_SHL;
4430                     } else if (strlen(str) == 2) {
4431                         /* search in two bytes table */
4432                         q = tok_two_chars;
4433                         for(;;) {
4434                             if (!*q)
4435                                 goto error_pasting;
4436                             if (q[0] == str[0] && q[1] == str[1])
4437                                 break;
4438                             q += 3;
4439                         }
4440                         tok = q[2];
4441                     } else {
4442                     error_pasting:
4443                         /* NOTE: because get_tok_str use a static buffer,
4444                            we must save it */
4445                         cstr_reset(&cstr);
4446                         p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4447                         cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4448                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4449                         p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4450                         warning("pasting \"%s\" and \"%s\" does not give a valid preprocessing token", cstr.data, p2);
4451                         /* cannot merge tokens: just add them separately */
4452                         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4453                         /* XXX: free associated memory ? */
4454                         tok = t;
4455                         tokc = cval;
4456                     }
4457                 }
4458             }
4459         }
4460         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4461         next_nomacro();
4462         if (tok == 0)
4463             break;
4464     }
4465     macro_ptr = (int *)saved_macro_ptr;
4466     cstr_free(&cstr);
4467     tok_str_add(&macro_str1, 0);
4468     return macro_str1.str;
4469 }
4470
4471
4472 /* do macro substitution of macro_str and add result to
4473    (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all macros we got
4474    inside to avoid recursing. */
4475 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
4476                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level ** can_read_stream)
4477 {
4478     Sym *s;
4479     int *macro_str1;
4480     const int *ptr;
4481     int t, ret;
4482     CValue cval;
4483     struct macro_level ml;
4484
4485     /* first scan for '##' operator handling */
4486     ptr = macro_str;
4487     macro_str1 = macro_twosharps(ptr);
4488     if (macro_str1)
4489         ptr = macro_str1;
4490     while (1) {
4491         /* NOTE: ptr == NULL can only happen if tokens are read from
4492            file stream due to a macro function call */
4493         if (ptr == NULL)
4494             break;
4495         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4496         if (t == 0)
4497             break;
4498         s = define_find(t);
4499         if (s != NULL) {
4500             /* if nested substitution, do nothing */
4501             if (sym_find2(*nested_list, t))
4502                 goto no_subst;
4503             ml.p = macro_ptr;
4504             if (can_read_stream)
4505                 ml.prev = *can_read_stream, *can_read_stream = &ml;
4506             macro_ptr = (int *)ptr;
4507             tok = t;
4508             ret = macro_subst_tok(tok_str, nested_list, s, can_read_stream);
4509             ptr = (int *)macro_ptr;
4510             macro_ptr = ml.p;
4511             if (can_read_stream && *can_read_stream == &ml)
4512                 *can_read_stream = ml.prev;
4513             if (ret != 0)
4514                 goto no_subst;
4515         } else {
4516         no_subst:
4517             tok_str_add2(tok_str, t, &cval);
4518         }
4519     }
4520     if (macro_str1)
4521         tok_str_free(macro_str1);
4522 }
4523
4524 /* return next token with macro substitution */
4525 static void next(void)
4526 {
4527     Sym *nested_list, *s;
4528     TokenString str;
4529     struct macro_level *ml;
4530
4531  redo:
4532     next_nomacro();
4533     if (!macro_ptr) {
4534         /* if not reading from macro substituted string, then try
4535            to substitute macros */
4536         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT &&
4537             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
4538             s = define_find(tok);
4539             if (s) {
4540                 /* we have a macro: we try to substitute */
4541                 tok_str_new(&str);
4542                 nested_list = NULL;
4543                 ml = NULL;
4544                 if (macro_subst_tok(&str, &nested_list, s, &ml) == 0) {
4545                     /* substitution done, NOTE: maybe empty */
4546                     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4547                     macro_ptr = str.str;
4548                     macro_ptr_allocated = str.str;
4549                     goto redo;
4550                 }
4551             }
4552         }
4553     } else {
4554         if (tok == 0) {
4555             /* end of macro or end of unget buffer */
4556             if (unget_buffer_enabled) {
4557                 macro_ptr = unget_saved_macro_ptr;
4558                 unget_buffer_enabled = 0;
4559             } else {
4560                 /* end of macro string: free it */
4561                 tok_str_free(macro_ptr_allocated);
4562                 macro_ptr = NULL;
4563             }
4564             goto redo;
4565         }
4566     }
4567
4568     /* convert preprocessor tokens into C tokens */
4569     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM &&
4570         (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM)) {
4571         parse_number((char *)tokc.cstr->data);
4572     }
4573 }
4574
4575 /* push back current token and set current token to 'last_tok'. Only
4576    identifier case handled for labels. */
4577 static inline void unget_tok(int last_tok)
4578 {
4579     int i, n;
4580     int *q;
4581     unget_saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4582     unget_buffer_enabled = 1;
4583     q = unget_saved_buffer;
4584     macro_ptr = q;
4585     *q++ = tok;
4586     n = tok_ext_size(tok) - 1;
4587     for(i=0;i<n;i++)
4588         *q++ = tokc.tab[i];
4589     *q = 0; /* end of token string */
4590     tok = last_tok;
4591 }
4592
4593
4594 void swap(int *p, int *q)
4595 {
4596     int t;
4597     t = *p;
4598     *p = *q;
4599     *q = t;
4600 }
4601
4602 void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
4603 {
4604     int v;
4605
4606     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4607         error("memory full");
4608     /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
4609        avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
4610        because it would complicate the code generator. */
4611     if (vtop >= vstack) {
4612         v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4613         if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
4614             gv(RC_INT);
4615     }
4616     vtop++;
4617     vtop->type = *type;
4618     vtop->r = r;
4619     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
4620     vtop->c = *vc;
4621 }
4622
4623 /* push integer constant */
4624 void vpushi(int v)
4625 {
4626     CValue cval;
4627     cval.i = v;
4628     vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
4632 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
4633                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4634 {
4635     int v;
4636     Sym *sym;
4637
4638     v = anon_sym++;
4639     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
4640     sym->type.ref = type->ref;
4641     sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4642     put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
4643     return sym;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
4647 static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4648 {
4649     CValue cval;
4650
4651     cval.ul = 0;
4652     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4653     vtop->sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size);
4654 }
4655
4656 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4657 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4658 {
4659     Sym *s;
4660
4661     s = sym_find(v);
4662     if (!s) {
4663         /* push forward reference */
4664         s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
4665         s->type.ref = type->ref;
4666         s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4667     }
4668     return s;
4669 }
4670
4671 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4672 static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4673 {
4674     Sym *s;
4675
4676     s = sym_find(v);
4677     if (!s) {
4678         /* push forward reference */
4679         s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
4680         s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
4681     } else {
4682         if (!is_compatible_types(&s->type, type))
4683             error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
4684                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4685     }
4686     return s;
4687 }
4688
4689 /* push a reference to global symbol v */
4690 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
4691 {
4692     Sym *sym;
4693     CValue cval;
4694
4695     sym = external_global_sym(v, type, 0);
4696     cval.ul = 0;
4697     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4698     vtop->sym = sym;
4699 }
4700
4701 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
4702 {
4703     CValue cval;
4704
4705     cval.i = v;
4706     vsetc(type, r, &cval);
4707 }
4708
4709 void vseti(int r, int v)
4710 {
4711     CType type;
4712     type.t = VT_INT;
4713     vset(&type, r, v);
4714 }
4715
4716 void vswap(void)
4717 {
4718     SValue tmp;
4719
4720     tmp = vtop[0];
4721     vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
4722     vtop[-1] = tmp;
4723 }
4724
4725 void vpushv(SValue *v)
4726 {
4727     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4728         error("memory full");
4729     vtop++;
4730     *vtop = *v;
4731 }
4732
4733 void vdup(void)
4734 {
4735     vpushv(vtop);
4736 }
4737
4738 /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
4739 void save_reg(int r)
4740 {
4741     int l, saved, size, align;
4742     SValue *p, sv;
4743     CType *type;
4744
4745     /* modify all stack values */
4746     saved = 0;
4747     l = 0;
4748     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4749         if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4750             ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
4751             /* must save value on stack if not already done */
4752             if (!saved) {
4753                 /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
4754                 r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4755                 /* store register in the stack */
4756                 type = &p->type;
4757                 if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4758                     (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
4759                     type = &int_type;
4760                 size = type_size(type, &align);
4761                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
4762                 sv.type.t = type->t;
4763                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4764                 sv.c.ul = loc;
4765                 store(r, &sv);
4766 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
4767                 /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
4768                 if (r == TREG_ST0) {
4769                     o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
4770                 }
4771 #endif
4772                 /* special long long case */
4773                 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
4774                     sv.c.ul += 4;
4775                     store(p->r2, &sv);
4776                 }
4777                 l = loc;
4778                 saved = 1;
4779             }
4780             /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
4781             if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
4782                 /* also clear the bounded flag because the
4783                    relocation address of the function was stored in
4784                    p->c.ul */
4785                 p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
4786             } else {
4787                 p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
4788             }
4789             p->r2 = VT_CONST;
4790             p->c.ul = l;
4791         }
4792     }
4793 }
4794
4795 /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
4796  * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
4797 int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
4798 {
4799     int r;
4800     SValue *p;
4801
4802     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4803         if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
4804             int n;
4805             n=0;
4806             for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
4807                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4808                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4809                     n++;
4810             }
4811             if (n <= 1)
4812                 return r;
4813         }
4814     }
4815     return get_reg(rc);
4816 }
4817
4818 /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
4819 int get_reg(int rc)
4820 {
4821     int r;
4822     SValue *p;
4823
4824     /* find a free register */
4825     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4826         if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
4827             for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4828                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4829                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4830                     goto notfound;
4831             }
4832             return r;
4833         }
4834     notfound: ;
4835     }
4836
4837     /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
4838        IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
4839        spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
4840     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4841         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4842         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
4843             goto save_found;
4844         /* also look at second register (if long long) */
4845         r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
4846         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
4847         save_found:
4848             save_reg(r);
4849             return r;
4850         }
4851     }
4852     /* Should never comes here */
4853     return -1;
4854 }
4855
4856 /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
4857 void save_regs(int n)
4858 {
4859     int r;
4860     SValue *p, *p1;
4861     p1 = vtop - n;
4862     for(p = vstack;p <= p1; p++) {
4863         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4864         if (r < VT_CONST) {
4865             save_reg(r);
4866         }
4867     }
4868 }
4869
4870 /* move register 's' to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
4871    if needed */
4872 void move_reg(int r, int s)
4873 {
4874     SValue sv;
4875
4876     if (r != s) {
4877         save_reg(r);
4878         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
4879         sv.r = s;
4880         sv.c.ul = 0;
4881         load(r, &sv);
4882     }
4883 }
4884
4885 /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
4886 void gaddrof(void)
4887 {
4888     vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
4889     /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
4890     if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
4891         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4892 }
4893
4894 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4895 /* generate lvalue bound code */
4896 void gbound(void)
4897 {
4898     int lval_type;
4899     CType type1;
4900
4901     vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
4902     /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
4903     if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
4904         /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
4905         if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
4906             lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
4907             /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
4908             type1 = vtop->type;
4909             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
4910             gaddrof();
4911             vpushi(0);
4912             gen_bounded_ptr_add();
4913             vtop->r |= lval_type;
4914             vtop->type = type1;
4915         }
4916         /* then check for dereferencing */
4917         gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
4918     }
4919 }
4920 #endif
4921
4922 /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
4923    converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
4924    register value (such as structures). */
4925 int gv(int rc)
4926 {
4927     int r, r2, rc2, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
4928     unsigned long long ll;
4929
4930     /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
4931     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
4932         bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
4933         bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
4934         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
4935         vtop->type.t &= ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
4936         /* generate shifts */
4937         vpushi(32 - (bit_pos + bit_size));
4938         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
4939         vpushi(32 - bit_size);
4940         /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
4941         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
4942         r = gv(rc);
4943     } else {
4944         if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
4945             (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
4946             Sym *sym;
4947             int *ptr;
4948             unsigned long offset;
4949 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4950             CValue check;
4951 #endif
4952
4953             /* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
4954             /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
4955                generically in data segment */
4956             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
4957             offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
4958             data_section->data_offset = offset;
4959             /* XXX: not portable yet */
4960 #ifdef __i386__
4961             /* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
4962             if (size == 12)
4963                 vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
4964 #endif
4965             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
4966             size = size >> 2;
4967 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4968             check.d = 1;
4969             if(check.tab[0])
4970                 for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4971                     ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
4972             else
4973 #endif
4974             for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4975                 ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
4976             sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
4977             vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
4978             vtop->sym = sym;
4979             vtop->c.ul = 0;
4980         }
4981 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4982         if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
4983             gbound();
4984 #endif
4985
4986         r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4987         /* need to reload if:
4988            - constant
4989            - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
4990            - already a register, but not in the right class */
4991         if (r >= VT_CONST ||
4992             (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4993             !(reg_classes[r] & rc) ||
4994             ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG &&
4995              !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc))) {
4996             r = get_reg(rc);
4997             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
4998                 /* two register type load : expand to two words
4999                    temporarily */
5000                 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
5001                     /* load constant */
5002                     ll = vtop->c.ull;
5003                     vtop->c.ui = ll; /* first word */
5004                     load(r, vtop);
5005                     vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
5006                     vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
5007                 } else if (r >= VT_CONST || /* XXX: test to VT_CONST incorrect ? */
5008                            (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
5009                     /* We do not want to modifier the long long
5010                        pointer here, so the safest (and less
5011                        efficient) is to save all the other registers
5012                        in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
5013                     save_regs(1);
5014                     /* load from memory */
5015                     load(r, vtop);
5016                     vdup();
5017                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5018                     /* increment pointer to get second word */
5019                     vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5020                     gaddrof();
5021                     vpushi(4);
5022                     gen_op('+');
5023                     vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
5024                 } else {
5025                     /* move registers */
5026                     load(r, vtop);
5027                     vdup();
5028                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5029                     vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5030                 }
5031                 /* allocate second register */
5032                 rc2 = RC_INT;
5033                 if (rc == RC_IRET)
5034                     rc2 = RC_LRET;
5035                 r2 = get_reg(rc2);
5036                 load(r2, vtop);
5037                 vpop();
5038                 /* write second register */
5039                 vtop->r2 = r2;
5040             } else if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
5041                 int t1, t;
5042                 /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
5043                    because of possible cast */
5044                 t = vtop->type.t;
5045                 t1 = t;
5046                 /* compute memory access type */
5047                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
5048                     t = VT_BYTE;
5049                 else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
5050                     t = VT_SHORT;
5051                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
5052                     t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5053                 vtop->type.t = t;
5054                 load(r, vtop);
5055                 /* restore wanted type */
5056                 vtop->type.t = t1;
5057             } else {
5058                 /* one register type load */
5059                 load(r, vtop);
5060             }
5061         }
5062         vtop->r = r;
5063 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
5064         /* uses register pairs for doubles */
5065         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
5066             vtop->r2 = r+1;
5067 #endif
5068     }
5069     return r;
5070 }
5071
5072 /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
5073 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
5074 {
5075     int v;
5076
5077     /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
5078        values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
5079        reload errors */
5080     v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
5081     if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
5082         vswap();
5083         gv(rc1);
5084         vswap();
5085         gv(rc2);
5086         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5087         if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5088             vswap();
5089             gv(rc1);
5090             vswap();
5091         }
5092     } else {
5093         gv(rc2);
5094         vswap();
5095         gv(rc1);
5096         vswap();
5097         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5098         if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5099             gv(rc2);
5100         }
5101     }
5102 }
5103
5104 /* expand long long on stack in two int registers */
5105 void lexpand(void)
5106 {
5107     int u;
5108
5109     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5110     gv(RC_INT);
5111     vdup();
5112     vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
5113     vtop[0].r2 = VT_CONST;
5114     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5115     vtop[0].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5116     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5117 }
5118
5119 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5120 /* expand long long on stack */
5121 void lexpand_nr(void)
5122 {
5123     int u,v;
5124
5125     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5126     vdup();
5127     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
5128     vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
5129     v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
5130     if (v == VT_CONST) {
5131       vtop[-1].c.ui = vtop->c.ull;
5132       vtop->c.ui = vtop->c.ull >> 32;
5133       vtop->r = VT_CONST;
5134     } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
5135       vtop->c.ui += 4;
5136       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
5137     } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
5138       vtop--;
5139       lexpand();
5140     } else
5141       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5142     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5143     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5144 }
5145 #endif
5146
5147 /* build a long long from two ints */
5148 void lbuild(int t)
5149 {
5150     gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
5151     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
5152     vtop[-1].type.t = t;
5153     vpop();
5154 }
5155
5156 /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
5157    I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
5158 */
5159 void vrotb(int n)
5160 {
5161     int i;
5162     SValue tmp;
5163
5164     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5165     for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
5166         vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
5167     vtop[0] = tmp;
5168 }
5169
5170 /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
5171    I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1)  [top is right]
5172  */
5173 void vrott(int n)
5174 {
5175     int i;
5176     SValue tmp;
5177
5178     tmp = vtop[0];
5179     for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
5180         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i - 1];
5181     vtop[-n + 1] = tmp;
5182 }
5183
5184 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5185 /* like vrott but in other direction
5186    In ... I1 -> I(n-1) ... I1 In  [top is right]
5187  */
5188 void vnrott(int n)
5189 {
5190     int i;
5191     SValue tmp;
5192
5193     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5194     for(i = n - 1; i > 0; i--)
5195         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i + 1];
5196     vtop[0] = tmp;
5197 }
5198 #endif
5199
5200 /* pop stack value */
5201 void vpop(void)
5202 {
5203     int v;
5204     v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
5205 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
5206     /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
5207     if (v == TREG_ST0 && !nocode_wanted) {
5208         o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
5209     } else
5210 #endif
5211     if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
5212         /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
5213         gsym(vtop->c.ul);
5214     }
5215     vtop--;
5216 }
5217
5218 /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
5219    register */
5220 void gv_dup(void)
5221 {
5222     int rc, t, r, r1;
5223     SValue sv;
5224
5225     t = vtop->type.t;
5226     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5227         lexpand();
5228         gv_dup();
5229         vswap();
5230         vrotb(3);
5231         gv_dup();
5232         vrotb(4);
5233         /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
5234         lbuild(t);
5235         vrotb(3);
5236         vrotb(3);
5237         vswap();
5238         lbuild(t);
5239         vswap();
5240     } else {
5241         /* duplicate value */
5242         rc = RC_INT;
5243         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
5244         if (is_float(t)) {
5245             rc = RC_FLOAT;
5246             sv.type.t = t;
5247         }
5248         r = gv(rc);
5249         r1 = get_reg(rc);
5250         sv.r = r;
5251         sv.c.ul = 0;
5252         load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
5253         vdup();
5254         /* duplicates value */
5255         vtop->r = r1;
5256     }
5257 }
5258
5259 /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
5260 void gen_opl(int op)
5261 {
5262     int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
5263     int func;
5264     SValue tmp;
5265
5266     switch(op) {
5267     case '/':
5268     case TOK_PDIV:
5269         func = TOK___divdi3;
5270         goto gen_func;
5271     case TOK_UDIV:
5272         func = TOK___udivdi3;
5273         goto gen_func;
5274     case '%':
5275         func = TOK___moddi3;
5276         goto gen_func;
5277     case TOK_UMOD:
5278         func = TOK___umoddi3;
5279     gen_func:
5280         /* call generic long long function */
5281         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
5282         vrott(3);
5283         gfunc_call(2);
5284         vpushi(0);
5285         vtop->r = REG_IRET;
5286         vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
5287         break;
5288     case '^':
5289     case '&':
5290     case '|':
5291     case '*':
5292     case '+':
5293     case '-':
5294         t = vtop->type.t;
5295         vswap();
5296         lexpand();
5297         vrotb(3);
5298         lexpand();
5299         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5300         tmp = vtop[0];
5301         vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
5302         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5303         tmp = vtop[-2];
5304         vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
5305         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5306         vswap();
5307         /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5308         if (op == '*') {
5309             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5310             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5311             gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
5312             lexpand();
5313             /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
5314             for(i=0;i<4;i++)
5315                 vrotb(6);
5316             /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5317             tmp = vtop[0];
5318             vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
5319             vtop[-2] = tmp;
5320             /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
5321             gen_op('*');
5322             vrotb(3);
5323             vrotb(3);
5324             gen_op('*');
5325             /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
5326             gen_op('+');
5327             gen_op('+');
5328         } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
5329             /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
5330             if (op == '+')
5331                 op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
5332             else
5333                 op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
5334             gen_op(op1);
5335             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5336             vrotb(3);
5337             vrotb(3);
5338             gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
5339         } else {
5340             gen_op(op);
5341             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5342             vrotb(3);
5343             vrotb(3);
5344             /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
5345             gen_op(op);
5346             /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
5347         }
5348         /* stack: L H */
5349         lbuild(t);
5350         break;
5351     case TOK_SAR:
5352     case TOK_SHR:
5353     case TOK_SHL:
5354         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
5355             t = vtop[-1].type.t;
5356             vswap();
5357             lexpand();
5358             vrotb(3);
5359             /* stack: L H shift */
5360             c = (int)vtop->c.i;
5361             /* constant: simpler */
5362             /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
5363                done by swaping words */
5364             vpop();
5365             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5366                 vswap();
5367             if (c >= 32) {
5368                 /* stack: L H */
5369                 vpop();
5370                 if (c > 32) {
5371                     vpushi(c - 32);
5372                     gen_op(op);
5373                 }
5374                 if (op != TOK_SAR) {
5375                     vpushi(0);
5376                 } else {
5377                     gv_dup();
5378                     vpushi(31);
5379                     gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5380                 }
5381                 vswap();
5382             } else {
5383                 vswap();
5384                 gv_dup();
5385                 /* stack: H L L */
5386                 vpushi(c);
5387                 gen_op(op);
5388                 vswap();
5389                 vpushi(32 - c);
5390                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5391                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5392                 else
5393                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5394                 vrotb(3);
5395                 /* stack: L L H */
5396                 vpushi(c);
5397                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5398                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5399                 else
5400                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5401                 gen_op('|');
5402             }
5403             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5404                 vswap();
5405             lbuild(t);
5406         } else {
5407             /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
5408             switch(op) {
5409             case TOK_SAR:
5410                 func = TOK___sardi3;
5411                 goto gen_func;
5412             case TOK_SHR:
5413                 func = TOK___shrdi3;
5414                 goto gen_func;
5415             case TOK_SHL:
5416                 func = TOK___shldi3;
5417                 goto gen_func;
5418             }
5419         }
5420         break;
5421     default:
5422         /* compare operations */
5423         t = vtop->type.t;
5424         vswap();
5425         lexpand();
5426         vrotb(3);
5427         lexpand();
5428         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5429         tmp = vtop[-1];
5430         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
5431         vtop[-2] = tmp;
5432         /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
5433         /* compare high */
5434         op1 = op;
5435         /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
5436            the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
5437         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5438             op1 = TOK_LE;
5439         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5440             op1 = TOK_GE;
5441         else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
5442             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5443         else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
5444             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5445         a = 0;
5446         b = 0;
5447         gen_op(op1);
5448         if (op1 != TOK_NE) {
5449             a = gtst(1, 0);
5450         }
5451         if (op != TOK_EQ) {
5452             /* generate non equal test */
5453             /* XXX: NOT PORTABLE yet */
5454             if (a == 0) {
5455                 b = gtst(0, 0);
5456             } else {
5457 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
5458                 b = psym(0x850f, 0);
5459 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
5460                 b = ind;
5461                 o(0x1A000000 | encbranch(ind, 0, 1));
5462 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
5463                 error("not implemented");
5464 #else
5465 #error not supported
5466 #endif
5467             }
5468         }
5469         /* compare low. Always unsigned */
5470         op1 = op;
5471         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5472             op1 = TOK_ULT;
5473         else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
5474             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5475         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5476             op1 = TOK_UGT;
5477         else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
5478             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5479         gen_op(op1);
5480         a = gtst(1, a);
5481         gsym(b);
5482         vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
5483         break;
5484     }
5485 }
5486
5487 /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
5488    independent opt */
5489 void gen_opic(int op)
5490 {
5491     int c1, c2, t1, t2, n;
5492     SValue *v1, *v2;
5493     long long l1, l2;
5494     typedef unsigned long long U;
5495
5496     v1 = vtop - 1;
5497     v2 = vtop;
5498     t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5499     t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5500     l1 = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? v1->c.ll : v1->c.i;
5501     l2 = (t2 == VT_LLONG) ? v2->c.ll : v2->c.i;
5502
5503     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5504     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5505     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5506     if (c1 && c2) {
5507         switch(op) {
5508         case '+': l1 += l2; break;
5509         case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
5510         case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
5511         case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
5512         case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
5513         case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
5514
5515         case TOK_PDIV:
5516         case '/':
5517         case '%':
5518         case TOK_UDIV:
5519         case TOK_UMOD:
5520             /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
5521             if (l2 == 0) {
5522                 if (const_wanted)
5523                     error("division by zero in constant");
5524                 goto general_case;
5525             }
5526             switch(op) {
5527             default: l1 /= l2; break;
5528             case '%': l1 %= l2; break;
5529             case TOK_UDIV: l1 = (U)l1 / l2; break;
5530             case TOK_UMOD: l1 = (U)l1 % l2; break;
5531             }
5532             break;
5533         case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= l2; break;
5534         case TOK_SHR: l1 = (U)l1 >> l2; break;
5535         case TOK_SAR: l1 >>= l2; break;
5536             /* tests */
5537         case TOK_ULT: l1 = (U)l1 < (U)l2; break;
5538         case TOK_UGE: l1 = (U)l1 >= (U)l2; break;
5539         case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
5540         case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
5541         case TOK_ULE: l1 = (U)l1 <= (U)l2; break;
5542         case TOK_UGT: l1 = (U)l1 > (U)l2; break;
5543         case TOK_LT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
5544         case TOK_GE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
5545         case TOK_LE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
5546         case TOK_GT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
5547             /* logical */
5548         case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
5549         case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
5550         default:
5551             goto general_case;
5552         }
5553         v1->c.ll = l1;
5554         vtop--;
5555     } else {
5556         /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
5557         if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
5558                    op == '|' || op == '*')) {
5559             vswap();
5560             c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
5561             l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
5562         }
5563         /* Filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
5564         if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
5565                      op == TOK_PDIV) &&
5566                     l2 == 1) ||
5567                    ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
5568                      op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
5569                     l2 == 0) ||
5570                    (op == '&' &&
5571                     l2 == -1))) {
5572             /* nothing to do */
5573             vtop--;
5574         } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
5575             /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
5576             if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
5577                 n = -1;
5578                 while (l2) {
5579                     l2 >>= 1;
5580                     n++;
5581                 }
5582                 vtop->c.ll = n;
5583                 if (op == '*')
5584                     op = TOK_SHL;
5585                 else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
5586                     op = TOK_SAR;
5587                 else
5588                     op = TOK_SHR;
5589             }
5590             goto general_case;
5591         } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
5592                    (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) ==
5593                    (VT_CONST | VT_SYM)) {
5594             /* symbol + constant case */
5595             if (op == '-')
5596                 l2 = -l2;
5597             vtop--;
5598             vtop->c.ll += l2;
5599         } else {
5600         general_case:
5601             if (!nocode_wanted) {
5602                 /* call low level op generator */
5603                 if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG)
5604                     gen_opl(op);
5605                 else
5606                     gen_opi(op);
5607             } else {
5608                 vtop--;
5609             }
5610         }
5611     }
5612 }
5613
5614 /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
5615 void gen_opif(int op)
5616 {
5617     int c1, c2;
5618     SValue *v1, *v2;
5619     long double f1, f2;
5620
5621     v1 = vtop - 1;
5622     v2 = vtop;
5623     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5624     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5625     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5626     if (c1 && c2) {
5627         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5628             f1 = v1->c.f;
5629             f2 = v2->c.f;
5630         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5631             f1 = v1->c.d;
5632             f2 = v2->c.d;
5633         } else {
5634             f1 = v1->c.ld;
5635             f2 = v2->c.ld;
5636         }
5637
5638         /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
5639            NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
5640         if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
5641             goto general_case;
5642
5643         switch(op) {
5644         case '+': f1 += f2; break;
5645         case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
5646         case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
5647         case '/':
5648             if (f2 == 0.0) {
5649                 if (const_wanted)
5650                     error("division by zero in constant");
5651                 goto general_case;
5652             }
5653             f1 /= f2;
5654             break;
5655             /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
5656         default:
5657             goto general_case;
5658         }
5659         /* XXX: overflow test ? */
5660         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5661             v1->c.f = f1;
5662         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5663             v1->c.d = f1;
5664         } else {
5665             v1->c.ld = f1;
5666         }
5667         vtop--;
5668     } else {
5669     general_case:
5670         if (!nocode_wanted) {
5671             gen_opf(op);
5672         } else {
5673             vtop--;
5674         }
5675     }
5676 }
5677
5678 static int pointed_size(CType *type)
5679 {
5680     int align;
5681     return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
5682 }
5683
5684 static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
5685 {
5686     if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
5687         return 0;
5688     return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && p->c.i == 0) ||
5689         ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.ll == 0);
5690 }
5691
5692 static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
5693 {
5694     return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
5695             bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
5696 }
5697
5698 /* check types for comparison or substraction of pointers */
5699 static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
5700 {
5701     CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
5702     int bt1, bt2;
5703
5704     /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
5705     if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
5706         return;
5707     type1 = &p1->type;
5708     type2 = &p2->type;
5709     bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
5710     bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
5711     /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
5712     if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
5713         if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
5714             warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
5715         return;
5716     }
5717
5718     /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
5719     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
5720         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
5721     } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
5722         goto invalid_operands;
5723
5724     if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5725         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
5726     } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
5727     invalid_operands:
5728         error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
5729     }
5730     if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
5731         (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
5732         return;
5733     tmp_type1 = *type1;
5734     tmp_type2 = *type2;
5735     tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5736     tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5737     if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
5738         /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
5739         if (op == '-')
5740             goto invalid_operands;
5741         else
5742             warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
5743     }
5744 }
5745
5746 /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
5747 void gen_op(int op)
5748 {
5749     int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
5750     CType type1;
5751
5752     t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
5753     t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
5754     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
5755     bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
5756
5757     if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5758         /* at least one operand is a pointer */
5759         /* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
5760         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
5761             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5762             /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
5763             t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
5764             goto std_op;
5765         }
5766         /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
5767         if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5768             if (op != '-')
5769                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5770             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5771             /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
5772             u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
5773             gen_opic(op);
5774             /* set to integer type */
5775             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5776             vpushi(u);
5777             gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
5778         } else {
5779             /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
5780             if (op != '-' && op != '+')
5781                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5782             /* Put pointer as first operand */
5783             if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5784                 vswap();
5785                 swap(&t1, &t2);
5786             }
5787             type1 = vtop[-1].type;
5788             /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
5789             vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
5790             gen_op('*');
5791 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
5792             /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
5793                generated, so no bound check */
5794             if (do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
5795                 /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
5796                    test bounds */
5797                 if (op == '-') {
5798                     vpushi(0);
5799                     vswap();
5800                     gen_op('-');
5801                 }
5802                 gen_bounded_ptr_add();
5803             } else
5804 #endif
5805             {
5806                 gen_opic(op);
5807             }
5808             /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
5809             vtop->type = type1;
5810         }
5811     } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
5812         /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
5813         if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
5814             t = VT_LDOUBLE;
5815         } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
5816             t = VT_DOUBLE;
5817         } else {
5818             t = VT_FLOAT;
5819         }
5820         /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
5821         if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
5822             (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
5823             error("invalid operands for binary operation");
5824         goto std_op;
5825     } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
5826         /* cast to biggest op */
5827         t = VT_LLONG;
5828         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
5829         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5830             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
5831             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5832         goto std_op;
5833     } else {
5834         /* integer operations */
5835         t = VT_INT;
5836         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
5837         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5838             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
5839             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5840     std_op:
5841         /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
5842            we modify them here */
5843         if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5844             if (op == TOK_SAR)
5845                 op = TOK_SHR;
5846             else if (op == '/')
5847                 op = TOK_UDIV;
5848             else if (op == '%')
5849                 op = TOK_UMOD;
5850             else if (op == TOK_LT)
5851                 op = TOK_ULT;
5852             else if (op == TOK_GT)
5853                 op = TOK_UGT;
5854             else if (op == TOK_LE)
5855                 op = TOK_ULE;
5856             else if (op == TOK_GE)
5857                 op = TOK_UGE;
5858         }
5859         vswap();
5860         type1.t = t;
5861         gen_cast(&type1);
5862         vswap();
5863         /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
5864            an integer */
5865         if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
5866             type1.t = VT_INT;
5867         gen_cast(&type1);
5868         if (is_float(t))
5869             gen_opif(op);
5870         else
5871             gen_opic(op);
5872         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
5873             /* relationnal op: the result is an int */
5874             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5875         } else {
5876             vtop->type.t = t;
5877         }
5878     }
5879 }
5880
5881 /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
5882 void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
5883 {
5884     if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
5885         (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5886
5887         if (t == VT_FLOAT)
5888             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___ulltof);
5889         else if (t == VT_DOUBLE)
5890             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___ulltod);
5891         else
5892             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___ulltold);
5893         vrott(2);
5894         gfunc_call(1);
5895         vpushi(0);
5896         vtop->r = REG_FRET;
5897     } else {
5898         gen_cvt_itof(t);
5899     }
5900 }
5901
5902 /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
5903 void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
5904 {
5905     int st;
5906
5907     if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5908         /* not handled natively */
5909         st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5910         if (st == VT_FLOAT)
5911             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
5912         else if (st == VT_DOUBLE)
5913             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
5914         else
5915             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
5916         vrott(2);
5917         gfunc_call(1);
5918         vpushi(0);
5919         vtop->r = REG_IRET;
5920         vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
5921     } else {
5922         gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
5923     }
5924 }
5925
5926 /* force char or short cast */
5927 void force_charshort_cast(int t)
5928 {
5929     int bits, dbt;
5930     dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
5931     /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
5932     if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
5933         bits = 8;
5934     else
5935         bits = 16;
5936     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5937         vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
5938         gen_op('&');
5939     } else {
5940         bits = 32 - bits;
5941         vpushi(bits);
5942         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5943         /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
5944            This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
5945            and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
5946         vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
5947         vpushi(bits);
5948         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5949     }
5950 }
5951
5952 /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
5953 static void gen_cast(CType *type)
5954 {
5955     int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c;
5956
5957     /* special delayed cast for char/short */
5958     /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
5959        be incorrect */
5960     if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
5961         vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
5962         force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
5963     }
5964
5965     /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
5966     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
5967         gv(RC_INT);
5968     }
5969
5970     dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5971     sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5972
5973     if (sbt != dbt && !nocode_wanted) {
5974         sf = is_float(sbt);
5975         df = is_float(dbt);
5976         c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5977         if (sf && df) {
5978             /* convert from fp to fp */
5979             if (c) {
5980                 /* constant case: we can do it now */
5981                 /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
5982                 if (dbt == VT_FLOAT && sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
5983                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.d;
5984                 else if (dbt == VT_FLOAT && sbt == VT_LDOUBLE)
5985                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
5986                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE && sbt == VT_FLOAT)
5987                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.f;
5988                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE && sbt == VT_LDOUBLE)
5989                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
5990                 else if (dbt == VT_LDOUBLE && sbt == VT_FLOAT)
5991                     vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.f;
5992                 else if (dbt == VT_LDOUBLE && sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
5993                     vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.d;
5994             } else {
5995                 /* non constant case: generate code */
5996                 gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
5997             }
5998         } else if (df) {
5999             /* convert int to fp */
6000             if (c) {
6001                 switch(sbt) {
6002                 case VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED:
6003                 case VT_LLONG:
6004                     /* XXX: add const cases for long long */
6005                     goto do_itof;
6006                 case VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED:
6007                     switch(dbt) {
6008                     case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ui; break;
6009                     case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ui; break;
6010                     case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.ui; break;
6011                     }
6012                     break;
6013                 default:
6014                     switch(dbt) {
6015                     case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.i; break;
6016                     case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.i; break;
6017                     case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ld = (long double)vtop->c.i; break;
6018                     }
6019                     break;
6020                 }
6021             } else {
6022             do_itof:
6023 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
6024                 gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
6025 #else
6026                 gen_cvt_itof(dbt);
6027 #endif
6028             }
6029         } else if (sf) {
6030             /* convert fp to int */
6031             if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6032                  vpushi(0);
6033                  gen_op(TOK_NE);
6034             } else {
6035                 /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
6036                 if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6037                     dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6038                     dbt != VT_LLONG)
6039                     dbt = VT_INT;
6040                 if (c) {
6041                     switch(dbt) {
6042                     case VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED:
6043                     case VT_LLONG:
6044                         /* XXX: add const cases for long long */
6045                         goto do_ftoi;
6046                     case VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED:
6047                         switch(sbt) {
6048                         case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6049                         case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6050                         case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.ui = (unsigned int)vtop->c.d; break;
6051                         }
6052                         break;
6053                     default:
6054                         /* int case */
6055                         switch(sbt) {
6056                         case VT_FLOAT: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6057                         case VT_DOUBLE: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6058                         case VT_LDOUBLE: vtop->c.i = (int)vtop->c.d; break;
6059                         }
6060                         break;
6061                     }
6062                 } else {
6063                 do_ftoi:
6064                     gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
6065                 }
6066                 if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
6067                     /* additional cast for char/short... */
6068                     vtop->type.t = dbt;
6069                     gen_cast(type);
6070                 }
6071             }
6072         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6073             if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
6074                 /* scalar to long long */
6075                 if (c) {
6076                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
6077                         vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ui;
6078                     else
6079                         vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.i;
6080                 } else {
6081                     /* machine independent conversion */
6082                     gv(RC_INT);
6083                     /* generate high word */
6084                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
6085                         vpushi(0);
6086                         gv(RC_INT);
6087                     } else {
6088                         gv_dup();
6089                         vpushi(31);
6090                         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
6091                     }
6092                     /* patch second register */
6093                     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
6094                     vpop();
6095                 }
6096             }
6097         } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6098             /* scalar to bool */
6099             vpushi(0);
6100             gen_op(TOK_NE);
6101         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
6102                    (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
6103             if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
6104                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6105                 warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
6106             }
6107             force_charshort_cast(dbt);
6108         } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
6109             /* scalar to int */
6110             if (sbt == VT_LLONG) {
6111                 /* from long long: just take low order word */
6112                 lexpand();
6113                 vpop();
6114             }
6115             /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
6116                the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
6117                VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
6118         }
6119     } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
6120         /* if we are casting between pointer types,
6121            we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
6122         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
6123                   | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
6124     }
6125     vtop->type = *type;
6126 }
6127
6128 /* return type size. Put alignment at 'a' */
6129 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
6130 {
6131     Sym *s;
6132     int bt;
6133
6134     bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
6135     if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
6136         /* struct/union */
6137         s = type->ref;
6138         *a = s->r;
6139         return s->c;
6140     } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
6141         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
6142             s = type->ref;
6143             return type_size(&s->type, a) * s->c;
6144         } else {
6145             *a = PTR_SIZE;
6146             return PTR_SIZE;
6147         }
6148     } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
6149         *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
6150         return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
6151     } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
6152 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6153         *a = 4;
6154 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
6155 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6156         *a = 8;
6157 #else
6158         *a = 4;
6159 #endif
6160 #else
6161         *a = 8;
6162 #endif
6163         return 8;
6164     } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_ENUM || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
6165         *a = 4;
6166         return 4;
6167     } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
6168         *a = 2;
6169         return 2;
6170     } else {
6171         /* char, void, function, _Bool */
6172         *a = 1;
6173         return 1;
6174     }
6175 }
6176
6177 /* return the pointed type of t */
6178 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
6179 {
6180     return &type->ref->type;
6181 }
6182
6183 /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
6184 static void mk_pointer(CType *type)
6185 {
6186     Sym *s;
6187     s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
6188     type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
6189     type->ref = s;
6190 }
6191
6192 /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
6193 static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6194 {
6195     Sym *s1, *s2;
6196
6197     s1 = type1->ref;
6198     s2 = type2->ref;
6199     if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6200         return 0;
6201     /* check func_call */
6202     if (FUNC_CALL(s1->r) != FUNC_CALL(s2->r))
6203         return 0;
6204     /* XXX: not complete */
6205     if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
6206         return 1;
6207     if (s1->c != s2->c)
6208         return 0;
6209     while (s1 != NULL) {
6210         if (s2 == NULL)
6211             return 0;
6212         if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6213             return 0;
6214         s1 = s1->next;
6215         s2 = s2->next;
6216     }
6217     if (s2)
6218         return 0;
6219     return 1;
6220 }
6221
6222 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same.  If unqualified is
6223    true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
6224
6225    - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
6226  */
6227 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
6228 {
6229     int bt1, t1, t2;
6230
6231     t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
6232     t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
6233     if (unqualified) {
6234         /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
6235         t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6236         t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6237     }
6238     /* XXX: bitfields ? */
6239     if (t1 != t2)
6240         return 0;
6241     /* test more complicated cases */
6242     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
6243     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
6244         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
6245         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
6246         return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
6247     } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
6248         return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
6249     } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
6250         return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
6251     } else {
6252         return 1;
6253     }
6254 }
6255
6256 /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
6257    qualifiers).
6258 */
6259 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6260 {
6261     return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
6262 }
6263
6264 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
6265 */
6266 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6267 {
6268     return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
6269 }
6270
6271 /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
6272    printed in the type */
6273 /* XXX: union */
6274 /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
6275 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
6276                  CType *type, const char *varstr)
6277 {
6278     int bt, v, t;
6279     Sym *s, *sa;
6280     char buf1[256];
6281     const char *tstr;
6282
6283     t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
6284     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
6285     buf[0] = '\0';
6286     if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
6287         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
6288     if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
6289         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
6290     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
6291         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
6292     switch(bt) {
6293     case VT_VOID:
6294         tstr = "void";
6295         goto add_tstr;
6296     case VT_BOOL:
6297         tstr = "_Bool";
6298         goto add_tstr;
6299     case VT_BYTE:
6300         tstr = "char";
6301         goto add_tstr;
6302     case VT_SHORT:
6303         tstr = "short";
6304         goto add_tstr;
6305     case VT_INT:
6306         tstr = "int";
6307         goto add_tstr;
6308     case VT_LONG:
6309         tstr = "long";
6310         goto add_tstr;
6311     case VT_LLONG:
6312         tstr = "long long";
6313         goto add_tstr;
6314     case VT_FLOAT:
6315         tstr = "float";
6316         goto add_tstr;
6317     case VT_DOUBLE:
6318         tstr = "double";
6319         goto add_tstr;
6320     case VT_LDOUBLE:
6321         tstr = "long double";
6322     add_tstr:
6323         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6324         break;
6325     case VT_ENUM:
6326     case VT_STRUCT:
6327         if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
6328             tstr = "struct ";
6329         else
6330             tstr = "enum ";
6331         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6332         v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
6333         if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
6334             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
6335         else
6336             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6337         break;
6338     case VT_FUNC:
6339         s = type->ref;
6340         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
6341         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
6342         sa = s->next;
6343         while (sa != NULL) {
6344             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
6345             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
6346             sa = sa->next;
6347             if (sa)
6348                 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
6349         }
6350         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
6351         goto no_var;
6352     case VT_PTR:
6353         s = type->ref;
6354         pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
6355         if (varstr)
6356             pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
6357         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
6358         goto no_var;
6359     }
6360     if (varstr) {
6361         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
6362         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
6363     }
6364  no_var: ;
6365 }
6366
6367 /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
6368    casts if needed. */
6369 static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
6370 {
6371     CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
6372     char buf1[256], buf2[256];
6373     int dbt, sbt;
6374
6375     st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
6376     dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
6377     sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
6378     if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
6379         warning("assignment of read-only location");
6380     switch(dbt) {
6381     case VT_PTR:
6382         /* special cases for pointers */
6383         /* '0' can also be a pointer */
6384         if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
6385             goto type_ok;
6386         /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
6387         if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
6388             warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
6389             goto type_ok;
6390         }
6391         type1 = pointed_type(dt);
6392         /* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
6393         if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6394             if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
6395                 !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
6396                 goto error;
6397             else
6398                 goto type_ok;
6399         }
6400         if (sbt != VT_PTR)
6401             goto error;
6402         type2 = pointed_type(st);
6403         if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
6404             (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
6405             /* void * can match anything */
6406         } else {
6407             /* exact type match, except for unsigned */
6408             tmp_type1 = *type1;
6409             tmp_type2 = *type2;
6410             tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6411             tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6412             if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2))
6413                 warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
6414         }
6415         /* check const and volatile */
6416         if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
6417             (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
6418             warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
6419         break;
6420     case VT_BYTE:
6421     case VT_SHORT:
6422     case VT_INT:
6423     case VT_LLONG:
6424         if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6425             warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
6426         }
6427         /* XXX: more tests */
6428         break;
6429     case VT_STRUCT:
6430         tmp_type1 = *dt;
6431         tmp_type2 = *st;
6432         tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6433         tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6434         if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
6435         error:
6436             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
6437             type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
6438             error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
6439         }
6440         break;
6441     }
6442  type_ok:
6443     gen_cast(dt);
6444 }
6445
6446 /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
6447 void vstore(void)
6448 {
6449     int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
6450
6451     ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
6452     sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
6453     dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
6454     if (((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
6455         (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT)) {
6456         /* optimize char/short casts */
6457         delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
6458         vtop->type.t = ft & VT_TYPE;
6459         /* XXX: factorize */
6460         if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
6461             warning("assignment of read-only location");
6462     } else {
6463         delayed_cast = 0;
6464         if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
6465             gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
6466     }
6467
6468     if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
6469         /* if structure, only generate pointer */
6470         /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
6471         /* XXX: optimize if small size */
6472         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6473             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
6474
6475 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6476             if(!(align & 7))
6477                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
6478             else if(!(align & 3))
6479                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
6480             else
6481 #endif
6482             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy);
6483
6484             /* destination */
6485             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6486             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6487             gaddrof();
6488             /* source */
6489             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6490             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6491             gaddrof();
6492             /* type size */
6493             vpushi(size);
6494             gfunc_call(3);
6495
6496             vswap();
6497             vpop();
6498         } else {
6499             vswap();
6500             vpop();
6501         }
6502         /* leave source on stack */
6503     } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
6504         /* bitfield store handling */
6505         bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
6506         bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
6507         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
6508         vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
6509
6510         /* duplicate source into other register */
6511         gv_dup();
6512         vswap();
6513         vrott(3);
6514
6515         /* duplicate destination */
6516         vdup();
6517         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
6518
6519         /* mask and shift source */
6520         vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
6521         gen_op('&');
6522         vpushi(bit_pos);
6523         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
6524         /* load destination, mask and or with source */
6525         vswap();
6526         vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
6527         gen_op('&');
6528         gen_op('|');
6529         /* store result */
6530         vstore();
6531
6532         /* pop off shifted source from "duplicate source..." above */
6533         vpop();
6534
6535     } else {
6536 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
6537         /* bound check case */
6538         if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
6539             vswap();
6540             gbound();
6541             vswap();
6542         }
6543 #endif
6544         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6545             rc = RC_INT;
6546             if (is_float(ft))
6547                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
6548             r = gv(rc);  /* generate value */
6549             /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
6550             if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
6551                 SValue sv;
6552                 t = get_reg(RC_INT);
6553                 sv.type.t = VT_INT;
6554                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
6555                 sv.c.ul = vtop[-1].c.ul;
6556                 load(t, &sv);
6557                 vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
6558             }
6559             store(r, vtop - 1);
6560             /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 */
6561             if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6562                 vswap();
6563                 /* convert to int to increment easily */
6564                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6565                 gaddrof();
6566                 vpushi(4);
6567                 gen_op('+');
6568                 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
6569                 vswap();
6570                 /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
6571                 store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
6572             }
6573         }
6574         vswap();
6575         vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
6576         vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
6577     }
6578 }
6579
6580 /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
6581 void inc(int post, int c)
6582 {
6583     test_lvalue();
6584     vdup(); /* save lvalue */
6585     if (post) {
6586         gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
6587         vrotb(3);
6588         vrotb(3);
6589     }
6590     /* add constant */
6591     vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
6592     gen_op('+');
6593     vstore(); /* store value */
6594     if (post)
6595         vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
6596 }
6597
6598 /* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
6599    extensions are recognized:
6600    - aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
6601    - packed : force data alignment to 1
6602    - section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
6603    - unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
6604    - regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
6605  */
6606 static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
6607 {
6608     int t, n;
6609
6610     while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
6611     next();
6612     skip('(');
6613     skip('(');
6614     while (tok != ')') {
6615         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
6616             expect("attribute name");
6617         t = tok;
6618         next();
6619         switch(t) {
6620         case TOK_SECTION1:
6621         case TOK_SECTION2:
6622             skip('(');
6623             if (tok != TOK_STR)
6624                 expect("section name");
6625             ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
6626             next();
6627             skip(')');
6628             break;
6629         case TOK_ALIGNED1:
6630         case TOK_ALIGNED2:
6631             if (tok == '(') {
6632                 next();
6633                 n = expr_const();
6634                 if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
6635                     error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
6636                 skip(')');
6637             } else {
6638                 n = MAX_ALIGN;
6639             }
6640             ad->aligned = n;
6641             break;
6642         case TOK_PACKED1:
6643         case TOK_PACKED2:
6644             ad->packed = 1;
6645             break;
6646         case TOK_UNUSED1:
6647         case TOK_UNUSED2:
6648             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6649                track unused objects */
6650             break;
6651         case TOK_NORETURN1:
6652         case TOK_NORETURN2:
6653             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6654                track unused objects */
6655             break;
6656         case TOK_CDECL1:
6657         case TOK_CDECL2:
6658         case TOK_CDECL3:
6659             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_CDECL;
6660             break;
6661         case TOK_STDCALL1:
6662         case TOK_STDCALL2:
6663         case TOK_STDCALL3:
6664             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_STDCALL;
6665             break;
6666 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6667         case TOK_REGPARM1:
6668         case TOK_REGPARM2:
6669             skip('(');
6670             n = expr_const();
6671             if (n > 3)
6672                 n = 3;
6673             else if (n < 0)
6674                 n = 0;
6675             if (n > 0)
6676                 FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
6677             skip(')');
6678             break;
6679         case TOK_FASTCALL1:
6680         case TOK_FASTCALL2:
6681         case TOK_FASTCALL3:
6682             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
6683             break;
6684 #endif
6685         case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
6686             FUNC_EXPORT(ad->func_attr) = 1;
6687             break;
6688         default:
6689             if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
6690                 warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
6691             /* skip parameters */
6692             if (tok == '(') {
6693                 int parenthesis = 0;
6694                 do {
6695                     if (tok == '(')
6696                         parenthesis++;
6697                     else if (tok == ')')
6698                         parenthesis--;
6699                     next();
6700                 } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
6701             }
6702             break;
6703         }
6704         if (tok != ',')
6705             break;
6706         next();
6707     }
6708     skip(')');
6709     skip(')');
6710     }
6711 }
6712
6713 /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
6714 static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
6715 {
6716     int a, v, size, align, maxalign, c, offset;
6717     int bit_size, bit_pos, bsize, bt, lbit_pos;
6718     Sym *s, *ss, *ass, **ps;
6719     AttributeDef ad;
6720     CType type1, btype;
6721
6722     a = tok; /* save decl type */
6723     next();
6724     if (tok != '{') {
6725         v = tok;
6726         next();
6727         /* struct already defined ? return it */
6728         if (v < TOK_IDENT)
6729             expect("struct/union/enum name");
6730         s = struct_find(v);
6731         if (s) {
6732             if (s->type.t != a)
6733                 error("invalid type");
6734             goto do_decl;
6735         }
6736     } else {
6737         v = anon_sym++;
6738     }
6739     type1.t = a;
6740     /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
6741     s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
6742     s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
6743     /* put struct/union/enum name in type */
6744  do_decl:
6745     type->t = u;
6746     type->ref = s;
6747
6748     if (tok == '{') {
6749         next();
6750         if (s->c != -1)
6751             error("struct/union/enum already defined");
6752         /* cannot be empty */
6753         c = 0;
6754         /* non empty enums are not allowed */
6755         if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
6756             for(;;) {
6757                 v = tok;
6758                 if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
6759                     expect("identifier");
6760                 next();
6761                 if (tok == '=') {
6762                     next();
6763                     c = expr_const();
6764                 }
6765                 /* enum symbols have static storage */
6766                 ss = sym_push(v, &int_type, VT_CONST, c);
6767                 ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
6768                 if (tok != ',')
6769                     break;
6770                 next();
6771                 c++;
6772                 /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
6773                 if (tok == '}')
6774                     break;
6775             }
6776             skip('}');
6777         } else {
6778             maxalign = 1;
6779             ps = &s->next;
6780             bit_pos = 0;
6781             offset = 0;
6782             while (tok != '}') {
6783                 parse_btype(&btype, &ad);
6784                 while (1) {
6785                     bit_size = -1;
6786                     v = 0;
6787                     type1 = btype;
6788                     if (tok != ':') {
6789                         type_decl(&type1, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
6790                         if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
6791                             expect("identifier");
6792                         if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
6793                             (type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
6794                             error("invalid type for '%s'",
6795                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6796                     }
6797                     if (tok == ':') {
6798                         next();
6799                         bit_size = expr_const();
6800                         /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
6801                         if (bit_size < 0)
6802                             error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
6803                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6804                         if (v && bit_size == 0)
6805                             error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
6806                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6807                     }
6808                     size = type_size(&type1, &align);
6809                     if (ad.aligned) {
6810                         if (align < ad.aligned)
6811                             align = ad.aligned;
6812                     } else if (ad.packed) {
6813                         align = 1;
6814                     } else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
6815                         if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
6816                             align = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
6817                     }
6818                     lbit_pos = 0;
6819                     if (bit_size >= 0) {
6820                         bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
6821                         if (bt != VT_INT &&
6822                             bt != VT_BYTE &&
6823                             bt != VT_SHORT &&
6824                             bt != VT_BOOL &&
6825                             bt != VT_ENUM)
6826                             error("bitfields must have scalar type");
6827                         bsize = size * 8;
6828                         if (bit_size > bsize) {
6829                             error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
6830                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6831                         } else if (bit_size == bsize) {
6832                             /* no need for bit fields */
6833                             bit_pos = 0;
6834                         } else if (bit_size == 0) {
6835                             /* XXX: what to do if only padding in a
6836                                structure ? */
6837                             /* zero size: means to pad */
6838                             if (bit_pos > 0)
6839                                 bit_pos = bsize;
6840                         } else {
6841                             /* we do not have enough room ? */
6842                             if ((bit_pos + bit_size) > bsize)
6843                                 bit_pos = 0;
6844                             lbit_pos = bit_pos;
6845                             /* XXX: handle LSB first */
6846                             type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD |
6847                                 (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
6848                                 (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
6849                             bit_pos += bit_size;
6850                         }
6851                     } else {
6852                         bit_pos = 0;
6853                     }
6854                     if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6855                         /* add new memory data only if starting
6856                            bit field */
6857                         if (lbit_pos == 0) {
6858                             if (a == TOK_STRUCT) {
6859                                 c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
6860                                 offset = c;
6861                                 if (size > 0)
6862                                     c += size;
6863                             } else {
6864                                 offset = 0;
6865                                 if (size > c)
6866                                     c = size;
6867                             }
6868                             if (align > maxalign)
6869                                 maxalign = align;
6870                         }
6871 #if 0
6872                         printf("add field %s offset=%d",
6873                                get_tok_str(v, NULL), offset);
6874                         if (type1.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
6875                             printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
6876                                    (type1.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
6877                                    (type1.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
6878                         }
6879                         printf("\n");
6880 #endif
6881                     }
6882                     if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6883                         ass = type1.ref;
6884                         while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
6885                            ss = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, offset + ass->c);
6886                            *ps = ss;
6887                            ps = &ss->next;
6888                         }
6889                     } else if (v) {
6890                         ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, offset);
6891                         *ps = ss;
6892                         ps = &ss->next;
6893                     }
6894                     if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
6895                         break;
6896                     skip(',');
6897                 }
6898                 skip(';');
6899             }
6900             skip('}');
6901             /* store size and alignment */
6902             s->c = (c + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
6903             s->r = maxalign;
6904         }
6905     }
6906 }
6907
6908 /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
6909    and skip it.
6910  */
6911 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
6912 {
6913     int t, u, type_found, typespec_found, typedef_found;
6914     Sym *s;
6915     CType type1;
6916
6917     memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
6918     type_found = 0;
6919     typespec_found = 0;
6920     typedef_found = 0;
6921     t = 0;
6922     while(1) {
6923         switch(tok) {
6924         case TOK_EXTENSION:
6925             /* currently, we really ignore extension */
6926             next();
6927             continue;
6928
6929             /* basic types */
6930         case TOK_CHAR:
6931             u = VT_BYTE;
6932         basic_type:
6933             next();
6934         basic_type1:
6935             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) != 0)
6936                 error("too many basic types");
6937             t |= u;
6938             typespec_found = 1;
6939             break;
6940         case TOK_VOID:
6941             u = VT_VOID;
6942             goto basic_type;
6943         case TOK_SHORT:
6944             u = VT_SHORT;
6945             goto basic_type;
6946         case TOK_INT:
6947             next();
6948             typespec_found = 1;
6949             break;
6950         case TOK_LONG:
6951             next();
6952             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
6953                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6954             } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6955                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
6956             } else {
6957                 u = VT_LONG;
6958                 goto basic_type1;
6959             }
6960             break;
6961         case TOK_BOOL:
6962             u = VT_BOOL;
6963             goto basic_type;
6964         case TOK_FLOAT:
6965             u = VT_FLOAT;
6966             goto basic_type;
6967         case TOK_DOUBLE:
6968             next();
6969             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6970                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6971             } else {
6972                 u = VT_DOUBLE;
6973                 goto basic_type1;
6974             }
6975             break;
6976         case TOK_ENUM:
6977             struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
6978         basic_type2:
6979             u = type1.t;
6980             type->ref = type1.ref;
6981             goto basic_type1;
6982         case TOK_STRUCT:
6983         case TOK_UNION:
6984             struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
6985             goto basic_type2;
6986
6987             /* type modifiers */
6988         case TOK_CONST1:
6989         case TOK_CONST2:
6990         case TOK_CONST3:
6991             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
6992             next();
6993             break;
6994         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
6995         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
6996         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
6997             t |= VT_VOLATILE;
6998             next();
6999             break;
7000         case TOK_SIGNED1:
7001         case TOK_SIGNED2:
7002         case TOK_SIGNED3:
7003             typespec_found = 1;
7004             t |= VT_SIGNED;
7005             next();
7006             break;
7007         case TOK_REGISTER:
7008         case TOK_AUTO:
7009         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7010         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7011         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7012             next();
7013             break;
7014         case TOK_UNSIGNED:
7015             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7016             next();
7017             typespec_found = 1;
7018             break;
7019
7020             /* storage */
7021         case TOK_EXTERN:
7022             t |= VT_EXTERN;
7023             next();
7024             break;
7025         case TOK_STATIC:
7026             t |= VT_STATIC;
7027             next();
7028             break;
7029         case TOK_TYPEDEF:
7030             t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
7031             next();
7032             break;
7033         case TOK_INLINE1:
7034         case TOK_INLINE2:
7035         case TOK_INLINE3:
7036             t |= VT_INLINE;
7037             next();
7038             break;
7039
7040             /* GNUC attribute */
7041         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
7042         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
7043             parse_attribute(ad);
7044             break;
7045             /* GNUC typeof */
7046         case TOK_TYPEOF1:
7047         case TOK_TYPEOF2:
7048         case TOK_TYPEOF3:
7049             next();
7050             parse_expr_type(&type1);
7051             goto basic_type2;
7052         default:
7053             if (typespec_found || typedef_found)
7054                 goto the_end;
7055             s = sym_find(tok);
7056             if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
7057                 goto the_end;
7058             typedef_found = 1;
7059             t |= (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF);
7060             type->ref = s->type.ref;
7061             next();
7062             typespec_found = 1;
7063             break;
7064         }
7065         type_found = 1;
7066     }
7067 the_end:
7068     if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED))
7069         error("signed and unsigned modifier");
7070     if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
7071         if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
7072             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7073     }
7074     t &= ~VT_SIGNED;
7075
7076     /* long is never used as type */
7077     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
7078         t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
7079     type->t = t;
7080     return type_found;
7081 }
7082
7083 /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
7084    function pointer) */
7085 static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
7086 {
7087     /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
7088        to indicate a const function parameter */
7089     pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7090     /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
7091     pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
7092     if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
7093         mk_pointer(pt);
7094     }
7095 }
7096
7097 static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
7098 {
7099     int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
7100     Sym **plast, *s, *first;
7101     AttributeDef ad1;
7102     CType pt;
7103
7104     if (tok == '(') {
7105         /* function declaration */
7106         next();
7107         l = 0;
7108         first = NULL;
7109         plast = &first;
7110         arg_size = 0;
7111         if (tok != ')') {
7112             for(;;) {
7113                 /* read param name and compute offset */
7114                 if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
7115                     if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
7116                         if (l) {
7117                             error("invalid type");
7118                         } else {
7119                             l = FUNC_OLD;
7120                             goto old_proto;
7121                         }
7122                     }
7123                     l = FUNC_NEW;
7124                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
7125                         break;
7126                     type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7127                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
7128                         error("parameter declared as void");
7129                     arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + 3) & ~3;
7130                 } else {
7131                 old_proto:
7132                     n = tok;
7133                     if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
7134                         expect("identifier");
7135                     pt.t = VT_INT;
7136                     next();
7137                 }
7138                 convert_parameter_type(&pt);
7139                 s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
7140                 *plast = s;
7141                 plast = &s->next;
7142                 if (tok == ')')
7143                     break;
7144                 skip(',');
7145                 if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
7146                     l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
7147                     next();
7148                     break;
7149                 }
7150             }
7151         }
7152         /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
7153         if (l == 0)
7154             l = FUNC_OLD;
7155         skip(')');
7156         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7157         /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
7158            meaning in gcc / C++ */
7159         type->t &= ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT);
7160         post_type(type, ad);
7161         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
7162         FUNC_ARGS(ad->func_attr) = arg_size;
7163         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, ad->func_attr, l);
7164         s->next = first;
7165         type->t = t1 | VT_FUNC;
7166         type->ref = s;
7167     } else if (tok == '[') {
7168         /* array definition */
7169         next();
7170         n = -1;
7171         if (tok != ']') {
7172             n = expr_const();
7173             if (n < 0)
7174                 error("invalid array size");
7175         }
7176         skip(']');
7177         /* parse next post type */
7178         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7179         type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
7180         post_type(type, ad);
7181
7182         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the array
7183            element type */
7184         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
7185         type->t = t1 | VT_ARRAY | VT_PTR;
7186         type->ref = s;
7187     }
7188 }
7189
7190 /* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
7191    in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
7192    expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
7193    attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
7194    type_decl().
7195  */
7196 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
7197 {
7198     Sym *s;
7199     CType type1, *type2;
7200     int qualifiers;
7201
7202     while (tok == '*') {
7203         qualifiers = 0;
7204     redo:
7205         next();
7206         switch(tok) {
7207         case TOK_CONST1:
7208         case TOK_CONST2:
7209         case TOK_CONST3:
7210             qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
7211             goto redo;
7212         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7213         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7214         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7215             qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
7216             goto redo;
7217         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7218         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7219         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7220             goto redo;
7221         }
7222         mk_pointer(type);
7223         type->t |= qualifiers;
7224     }
7225
7226     /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
7227     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7228         parse_attribute(ad);
7229
7230     /* recursive type */
7231     /* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
7232     type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
7233     if (tok == '(') {
7234         next();
7235         /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
7236            the syntax is not clear */
7237         if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7238             parse_attribute(ad);
7239         type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
7240         skip(')');
7241     } else {
7242         /* type identifier */
7243         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
7244             *v = tok;
7245             next();
7246         } else {
7247             if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
7248                 expect("identifier");
7249             *v = 0;
7250         }
7251     }
7252     post_type(type, ad);
7253     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7254         parse_attribute(ad);
7255     if (!type1.t)
7256         return;
7257     /* append type at the end of type1 */
7258     type2 = &type1;
7259     for(;;) {
7260         s = type2->ref;
7261         type2 = &s->type;
7262         if (!type2->t) {
7263             *type2 = *type;
7264             break;
7265         }
7266     }
7267     *type = type1;
7268 }
7269
7270 /* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
7271 static int lvalue_type(int t)
7272 {
7273     int bt, r;
7274     r = VT_LVAL;
7275     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
7276     if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
7277         r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
7278     else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
7279         r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
7280     else
7281         return r;
7282     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
7283         r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
7284     return r;
7285 }
7286
7287 /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
7288 static void indir(void)
7289 {
7290     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
7291         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
7292             return;
7293         expect("pointer");
7294     }
7295     if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !nocode_wanted)
7296         gv(RC_INT);
7297     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7298     /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
7299     if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)
7300         && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7301         vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7302         /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7303         if (do_bounds_check)
7304             vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7305     }
7306 }
7307
7308 /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
7309 static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
7310 {
7311     int func_type;
7312     CType type;
7313
7314     func_type = func->c;
7315     if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
7316         (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
7317         /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
7318         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
7319             type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
7320             gen_cast(&type);
7321         }
7322     } else if (arg == NULL) {
7323         error("too many arguments to function");
7324     } else {
7325         type = arg->type;
7326         type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
7327         gen_assign_cast(&type);
7328     }
7329 }
7330
7331 /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
7332    type */
7333 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
7334 {
7335     int n;
7336     AttributeDef ad;
7337
7338     skip('(');
7339     if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7340         type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7341     } else {
7342         expr_type(type);
7343     }
7344     skip(')');
7345 }
7346
7347 static void parse_type(CType *type)
7348 {
7349     AttributeDef ad;
7350     int n;
7351
7352     if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7353         expect("type");
7354     }
7355     type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7356 }
7357
7358 static void vpush_tokc(int t)
7359 {
7360     CType type;
7361     type.t = t;
7362     vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
7363 }
7364
7365 static void unary(void)
7366 {
7367     int n, t, align, size, r;
7368     CType type;
7369     Sym *s;
7370     AttributeDef ad;
7371
7372     /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
7373        better here */
7374  tok_next:
7375     switch(tok) {
7376     case TOK_EXTENSION:
7377         next();
7378         goto tok_next;
7379     case TOK_CINT:
7380     case TOK_CCHAR:
7381     case TOK_LCHAR:
7382         vpushi(tokc.i);
7383         next();
7384         break;
7385     case TOK_CUINT:
7386         vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
7387         next();
7388         break;
7389     case TOK_CLLONG:
7390         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
7391         next();
7392         break;
7393     case TOK_CULLONG:
7394         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
7395         next();
7396         break;
7397     case TOK_CFLOAT:
7398         vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
7399         next();
7400         break;
7401     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
7402         vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
7403         next();
7404         break;
7405     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
7406         vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
7407         next();
7408         break;
7409     case TOK___FUNCTION__:
7410         if (!gnu_ext)
7411             goto tok_identifier;
7412         /* fall thru */
7413     case TOK___FUNC__:
7414         {
7415             void *ptr;
7416             int len;
7417             /* special function name identifier */
7418             len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
7419             /* generate char[len] type */
7420             type.t = VT_BYTE;
7421             mk_pointer(&type);
7422             type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7423             type.ref->c = len;
7424             vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
7425             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
7426             memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
7427             next();
7428         }
7429         break;
7430     case TOK_LSTR:
7431 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
7432         t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
7433 #else
7434         t = VT_INT;
7435 #endif
7436         goto str_init;
7437     case TOK_STR:
7438         /* string parsing */
7439         t = VT_BYTE;
7440     str_init:
7441         if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
7442             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7443         type.t = t;
7444         mk_pointer(&type);
7445         type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7446         memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7447         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
7448         break;
7449     case '(':
7450         next();
7451         /* cast ? */
7452         if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
7453             type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7454             skip(')');
7455             /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
7456             if (tok == '{') {
7457                     /* data is allocated locally by default */
7458                 if (global_expr)
7459                     r = VT_CONST;
7460                 else
7461                     r = VT_LOCAL;
7462                 /* all except arrays are lvalues */
7463                 if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
7464                     r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
7465                 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7466                 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
7467             } else {
7468                 unary();
7469                 gen_cast(&type);
7470             }
7471         } else if (tok == '{') {
7472             /* save all registers */
7473             save_regs(0);
7474             /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
7475                inside as GCC does */
7476             block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 1);
7477             skip(')');
7478         } else {
7479             gexpr();
7480             skip(')');
7481         }
7482         break;
7483     case '*':
7484         next();
7485         unary();
7486         indir();
7487         break;
7488     case '&':
7489         next();
7490         unary();
7491         /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
7492            except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
7493            functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
7494            there and in function calls. */
7495         /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
7496         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
7497             !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
7498             test_lvalue();
7499         mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
7500         gaddrof();
7501         break;
7502     case '!':
7503         next();
7504         unary();
7505         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST)
7506             vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
7507         else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
7508             vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i ^ 1;
7509         else {
7510             save_regs(1);
7511             vseti(VT_JMP, gtst(1, 0));
7512         }
7513         break;
7514     case '~':
7515         next();
7516         unary();
7517         vpushi(-1);
7518         gen_op('^');
7519         break;
7520     case '+':
7521         next();
7522         /* in order to force cast, we add zero */
7523         unary();
7524         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
7525             error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
7526         vpushi(0);
7527         gen_op('+');
7528         break;
7529     case TOK_SIZEOF:
7530     case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
7531     case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
7532         t = tok;
7533         next();
7534         if (tok == '(') {
7535             parse_expr_type(&type);
7536         } else {
7537             unary_type(&type);
7538         }
7539         size = type_size(&type, &align);
7540         if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
7541             if (size < 0)
7542                 error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
7543             vpushi(size);
7544         } else {
7545             vpushi(align);
7546         }
7547         vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7548         break;
7549
7550     case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
7551         {
7552             CType type1, type2;
7553             next();
7554             skip('(');
7555             parse_type(&type1);
7556             skip(',');
7557             parse_type(&type2);
7558             skip(')');
7559             type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7560             type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7561             vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
7562         }
7563         break;
7564     case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
7565         {
7566             int saved_nocode_wanted, res;
7567             next();
7568             skip('(');
7569             saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
7570             nocode_wanted = 1;
7571             gexpr();
7572             res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
7573             vpop();
7574             nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
7575             skip(')');
7576             vpushi(res);
7577         }
7578         break;
7579     case TOK_INC:
7580     case TOK_DEC:
7581         t = tok;
7582         next();
7583         unary();
7584         inc(0, t);
7585         break;
7586     case '-':
7587         next();
7588         vpushi(0);
7589         unary();
7590         gen_op('-');
7591         break;
7592     case TOK_LAND:
7593         if (!gnu_ext)
7594             goto tok_identifier;
7595         next();
7596         /* allow to take the address of a label */
7597         if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
7598             expect("label identifier");
7599         s = label_find(tok);
7600         if (!s) {
7601             s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
7602         } else {
7603             if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
7604                 s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
7605         }
7606         if (!s->type.t) {
7607             s->type.t = VT_VOID;
7608             mk_pointer(&s->type);
7609             s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
7610         }
7611         vset(&s->type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
7612         vtop->sym = s;
7613         next();
7614         break;
7615     default:
7616     tok_identifier:
7617         t = tok;
7618         next();
7619         if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
7620             expect("identifier");
7621         s = sym_find(t);
7622         if (!s) {
7623             if (tok != '(')
7624                 error("'%s' undeclared", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7625             /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
7626                external reference to int() function */
7627             if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration)
7628                 warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'",
7629                         get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7630             s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
7631         }
7632         if ((s->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_BTYPE)) ==
7633             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_FUNC)) {
7634             /* if referencing an inline function, then we generate a
7635                symbol to it if not already done. It will have the
7636                effect to generate code for it at the end of the
7637                compilation unit. Inline function as always
7638                generated in the text section. */
7639             if (!s->c)
7640                 put_extern_sym(s, text_section, 0, 0);
7641             r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
7642         } else {
7643             r = s->r;
7644         }
7645         vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
7646         /* if forward reference, we must point to s */
7647         if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
7648             vtop->sym = s;
7649             vtop->c.ul = 0;
7650         }
7651         break;
7652     }
7653
7654     /* post operations */
7655     while (1) {
7656         if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
7657             inc(1, tok);
7658             next();
7659         } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW) {
7660             /* field */
7661             if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
7662                 indir();
7663             test_lvalue();
7664             gaddrof();
7665             next();
7666             /* expect pointer on structure */
7667             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
7668                 expect("struct or union");
7669             s = vtop->type.ref;
7670             /* find field */
7671             tok |= SYM_FIELD;
7672             while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
7673                 if (s->v == tok)
7674                     break;
7675             }
7676             if (!s)
7677                 error("field not found: %s",  get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
7678             /* add field offset to pointer */
7679             vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
7680             vpushi(s->c);
7681             gen_op('+');
7682             /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
7683             vtop->type = s->type;
7684             /* an array is never an lvalue */
7685             if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
7686                 vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7687                 /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7688                 if (do_bounds_check)
7689                     vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7690             }
7691             next();
7692         } else if (tok == '[') {
7693             next();
7694             gexpr();
7695             gen_op('+');
7696             indir();
7697             skip(']');
7698         } else if (tok == '(') {
7699             SValue ret;
7700             Sym *sa;
7701             int nb_args;
7702
7703             /* function call  */
7704             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7705                 /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
7706                 if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
7707                     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7708                     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
7709                         goto error_func;
7710                 } else {
7711                 error_func:
7712                     expect("function pointer");
7713                 }
7714             } else {
7715                 vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
7716             }
7717             /* get return type */
7718             s = vtop->type.ref;
7719             next();
7720             sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
7721             nb_args = 0;
7722             ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
7723             /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
7724             if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
7725                 /* get some space for the returned structure */
7726                 size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
7727                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
7728                 ret.type = s->type;
7729                 ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
7730                 /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
7731                    problems */
7732                 vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
7733                 ret.c = vtop->c;
7734                 nb_args++;
7735             } else {
7736                 ret.type = s->type;
7737                 /* return in register */
7738                 if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
7739                     ret.r = REG_FRET;
7740                 } else {
7741                     if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
7742                         ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
7743                     ret.r = REG_IRET;
7744                 }
7745                 ret.c.i = 0;
7746             }
7747             if (tok != ')') {
7748                 for(;;) {
7749                     expr_eq();
7750                     gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
7751                     nb_args++;
7752                     if (sa)
7753                         sa = sa->next;
7754                     if (tok == ')')
7755                         break;
7756                     skip(',');
7757                 }
7758             }
7759             if (sa)
7760                 error("too few arguments to function");
7761             skip(')');
7762             if (!nocode_wanted) {
7763                 gfunc_call(nb_args);
7764             } else {
7765                 vtop -= (nb_args + 1);
7766             }
7767             /* return value */
7768             vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
7769             vtop->r2 = ret.r2;
7770         } else {
7771             break;
7772         }
7773     }
7774 }
7775
7776 static void uneq(void)
7777 {
7778     int t;
7779
7780     unary();
7781     if (tok == '=' ||
7782         (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
7783         tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
7784         tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
7785         test_lvalue();
7786         t = tok;
7787         next();
7788         if (t == '=') {
7789             expr_eq();
7790         } else {
7791             vdup();
7792             expr_eq();
7793             gen_op(t & 0x7f);
7794         }
7795         vstore();
7796     }
7797 }
7798
7799 static void expr_prod(void)
7800 {
7801     int t;
7802
7803     uneq();
7804     while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
7805         t = tok;
7806         next();
7807         uneq();
7808         gen_op(t);
7809     }
7810 }
7811
7812 static void expr_sum(void)
7813 {
7814     int t;
7815
7816     expr_prod();
7817     while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
7818         t = tok;
7819         next();
7820         expr_prod();
7821         gen_op(t);
7822     }
7823 }
7824
7825 static void expr_shift(void)
7826 {
7827     int t;
7828
7829     expr_sum();
7830     while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
7831         t = tok;
7832         next();
7833         expr_sum();
7834         gen_op(t);
7835     }
7836 }
7837
7838 static void expr_cmp(void)
7839 {
7840     int t;
7841
7842     expr_shift();
7843     while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
7844            tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
7845         t = tok;
7846         next();
7847         expr_shift();
7848         gen_op(t);
7849     }
7850 }
7851
7852 static void expr_cmpeq(void)
7853 {
7854     int t;
7855
7856     expr_cmp();
7857     while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
7858         t = tok;
7859         next();
7860         expr_cmp();
7861         gen_op(t);
7862     }
7863 }
7864
7865 static void expr_and(void)
7866 {
7867     expr_cmpeq();
7868     while (tok == '&') {
7869         next();
7870         expr_cmpeq();
7871         gen_op('&');
7872     }
7873 }
7874
7875 static void expr_xor(void)
7876 {
7877     expr_and();
7878     while (tok == '^') {
7879         next();
7880         expr_and();
7881         gen_op('^');
7882     }
7883 }
7884
7885 static void expr_or(void)
7886 {
7887     expr_xor();
7888     while (tok == '|') {
7889         next();
7890         expr_xor();
7891         gen_op('|');
7892     }
7893 }
7894
7895 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7896 static void expr_land_const(void)
7897 {
7898     expr_or();
7899     while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7900         next();
7901         expr_or();
7902         gen_op(TOK_LAND);
7903     }
7904 }
7905
7906 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7907 static void expr_lor_const(void)
7908 {
7909     expr_land_const();
7910     while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7911         next();
7912         expr_land_const();
7913         gen_op(TOK_LOR);
7914     }
7915 }
7916
7917 /* only used if non constant */
7918 static void expr_land(void)
7919 {
7920     int t;
7921
7922     expr_or();
7923     if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7924         t = 0;
7925         save_regs(1);
7926         for(;;) {
7927             t = gtst(1, t);
7928             if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
7929                 vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
7930                 break;
7931             }
7932             next();
7933             expr_or();
7934         }
7935     }
7936 }
7937
7938 static void expr_lor(void)
7939 {
7940     int t;
7941
7942     expr_land();
7943     if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7944         t = 0;
7945         save_regs(1);
7946         for(;;) {
7947             t = gtst(0, t);
7948             if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
7949                 vseti(VT_JMP, t);
7950                 break;
7951             }
7952             next();
7953             expr_land();
7954         }
7955     }
7956 }
7957
7958 /* XXX: better constant handling */
7959 static void expr_eq(void)
7960 {
7961     int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2;
7962     SValue sv;
7963     CType type, type1, type2;
7964
7965     if (const_wanted) {
7966         int c1, c;
7967         expr_lor_const();
7968         if (tok == '?') {
7969             c = vtop->c.i;
7970             vpop();
7971             next();
7972             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
7973                 c1 = c;
7974             } else {
7975                 gexpr();
7976                 c1 = vtop->c.i;
7977                 vpop();
7978             }
7979             skip(':');
7980             expr_eq();
7981             if (c)
7982                 vtop->c.i = c1;
7983         }
7984     } else {
7985         expr_lor();
7986         if (tok == '?') {
7987             next();
7988             if (vtop != vstack) {
7989                 /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
7990                    each branch */
7991                 if (is_float(vtop->type.t))
7992                     rc = RC_FLOAT;
7993                 else
7994                     rc = RC_INT;
7995                     gv(rc);
7996                     save_regs(1);
7997             }
7998             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
7999                 gv_dup();
8000                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8001             } else {
8002                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8003                 gexpr();
8004             }
8005             type1 = vtop->type;
8006             sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
8007             vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
8008             skip(':');
8009             u = gjmp(0);
8010             gsym(tt);
8011             expr_eq();
8012             type2 = vtop->type;
8013
8014             t1 = type1.t;
8015             bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
8016             t2 = type2.t;
8017             bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
8018             /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
8019             if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
8020                 if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
8021                     type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
8022                 } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
8023                     type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
8024                 } else {
8025                     type.t = VT_FLOAT;
8026                 }
8027             } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
8028                 /* cast to biggest op */
8029                 type.t = VT_LLONG;
8030                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
8031                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8032                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
8033                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8034             } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
8035                 /* XXX: test pointer compatibility */
8036                 type = type1;
8037             } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
8038                 /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
8039                 type = type1;
8040             } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
8041                 /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
8042                 type = type1;
8043             } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
8044                 /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
8045                 type.t = VT_VOID;
8046             } else {
8047                 /* integer operations */
8048                 type.t = VT_INT;
8049                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
8050                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8051                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
8052                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8053             }
8054
8055             /* now we convert second operand */
8056             gen_cast(&type);
8057             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8058                 gaddrof();
8059             rc = RC_INT;
8060             if (is_float(type.t)) {
8061                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
8062             } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
8063                 /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
8064                    to handle a complicated move */
8065                 rc = RC_IRET;
8066             }
8067
8068             r2 = gv(rc);
8069             /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
8070                operand */
8071             tt = gjmp(0);
8072             gsym(u);
8073             /* put again first value and cast it */
8074             *vtop = sv;
8075             gen_cast(&type);
8076             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8077                 gaddrof();
8078             r1 = gv(rc);
8079             move_reg(r2, r1);
8080             vtop->r = r2;
8081             gsym(tt);
8082         }
8083     }
8084 }
8085
8086 static void gexpr(void)
8087 {
8088     while (1) {
8089         expr_eq();
8090         if (tok != ',')
8091             break;
8092         vpop();
8093         next();
8094     }
8095 }
8096
8097 /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
8098 static void expr_type(CType *type)
8099 {
8100     int saved_nocode_wanted;
8101
8102     saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
8103     nocode_wanted = 1;
8104     gexpr();
8105     *type = vtop->type;
8106     vpop();
8107     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
8108 }
8109
8110 /* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
8111    effect. */
8112 static void unary_type(CType *type)
8113 {
8114     int a;
8115
8116     a = nocode_wanted;
8117     nocode_wanted = 1;
8118     unary();
8119     *type = vtop->type;
8120     vpop();
8121     nocode_wanted = a;
8122 }
8123
8124 /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop.  */
8125 static void expr_const1(void)
8126 {
8127     int a;
8128     a = const_wanted;
8129     const_wanted = 1;
8130     expr_eq();
8131     const_wanted = a;
8132 }
8133
8134 /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
8135 static int expr_const(void)
8136 {
8137     int c;
8138     expr_const1();
8139     if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
8140         expect("constant expression");
8141     c = vtop->c.i;
8142     vpop();
8143     return c;
8144 }
8145
8146 /* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
8147    return zero */
8148 static int is_label(void)
8149 {
8150     int last_tok;
8151
8152     /* fast test first */
8153     if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8154         return 0;
8155     /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
8156     last_tok = tok;
8157     next();
8158     if (tok == ':') {
8159         next();
8160         return last_tok;
8161     } else {
8162         unget_tok(last_tok);
8163         return 0;
8164     }
8165 }
8166
8167 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
8168                   int case_reg, int is_expr)
8169 {
8170     int a, b, c, d;
8171     Sym *s;
8172
8173     /* generate line number info */
8174     if (do_debug &&
8175         (last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
8176         put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
8177         last_ind = ind;
8178         last_line_num = file->line_num;
8179     }
8180
8181     if (is_expr) {
8182         /* default return value is (void) */
8183         vpushi(0);
8184         vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
8185     }
8186
8187     if (tok == TOK_IF) {
8188         /* if test */
8189         next();
8190         skip('(');
8191         gexpr();
8192         skip(')');
8193         a = gtst(1, 0);
8194         block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8195         c = tok;
8196         if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
8197             next();
8198             d = gjmp(0);
8199             gsym(a);
8200             block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8201             gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
8202         } else
8203             gsym(a);
8204     } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
8205         next();
8206         d = ind;
8207         skip('(');
8208         gexpr();
8209         skip(')');
8210         a = gtst(1, 0);
8211         b = 0;
8212         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8213         gjmp_addr(d);
8214         gsym(a);
8215         gsym_addr(b, d);
8216     } else if (tok == '{') {
8217         Sym *llabel;
8218
8219         next();
8220         /* record local declaration stack position */
8221         s = local_stack;
8222         llabel = local_label_stack;
8223         /* handle local labels declarations */
8224         if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
8225             next();
8226             for(;;) {
8227                 if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8228                     expect("label identifier");
8229                 label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
8230                 next();
8231                 if (tok == ',') {
8232                     next();
8233                 } else {
8234                     skip(';');
8235                     break;
8236                 }
8237             }
8238         }
8239         while (tok != '}') {
8240             decl(VT_LOCAL);
8241             if (tok != '}') {
8242                 if (is_expr)
8243                     vpop();
8244                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8245             }
8246         }
8247         /* pop locally defined labels */
8248         label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
8249         /* pop locally defined symbols */
8250         sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
8251         next();
8252     } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
8253         next();
8254         if (tok != ';') {
8255             gexpr();
8256             gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
8257             if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8258                 CType type;
8259                 /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
8260                    first pointer arg location */
8261 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8262                 int align, size;
8263                 size = type_size(&func_vt,&align);
8264                 if(size <= 4)
8265                 {
8266                     if((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) || (vtop->c.i & 3))
8267                        && (align & 3))
8268                     {
8269                         int addr;
8270                         loc = (loc - size) & -4;
8271                         addr = loc;
8272                         type = func_vt;
8273                         vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8274                         vswap();
8275                         vstore();
8276                         vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8277                     }
8278                     vtop->type = int_type;
8279                     gv(RC_IRET);
8280                 } else {
8281 #endif
8282                 type = func_vt;
8283                 mk_pointer(&type);
8284                 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
8285                 indir();
8286                 vswap();
8287                 /* copy structure value to pointer */
8288                 vstore();
8289 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8290                 }
8291 #endif
8292             } else if (is_float(func_vt.t)) {
8293                 gv(RC_FRET);
8294             } else {
8295                 gv(RC_IRET);
8296             }
8297             vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
8298         }
8299         skip(';');
8300         rsym = gjmp(rsym); /* jmp */
8301     } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
8302         /* compute jump */
8303         if (!bsym)
8304             error("cannot break");
8305         *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
8306         next();
8307         skip(';');
8308     } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
8309         /* compute jump */
8310         if (!csym)
8311             error("cannot continue");
8312         *csym = gjmp(*csym);
8313         next();
8314         skip(';');
8315     } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
8316         int e;
8317         next();
8318         skip('(');
8319         if (tok != ';') {
8320             gexpr();
8321             vpop();
8322         }
8323         skip(';');
8324         d = ind;
8325         c = ind;
8326         a = 0;
8327         b = 0;
8328         if (tok != ';') {
8329             gexpr();
8330             a = gtst(1, 0);
8331         }
8332         skip(';');
8333         if (tok != ')') {
8334             e = gjmp(0);
8335             c = ind;
8336             gexpr();
8337             vpop();
8338             gjmp_addr(d);
8339             gsym(e);
8340         }
8341         skip(')');
8342         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8343         gjmp_addr(c);
8344         gsym(a);
8345         gsym_addr(b, c);
8346     } else
8347     if (tok == TOK_DO) {
8348         next();
8349         a = 0;
8350         b = 0;
8351         d = ind;
8352         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8353         skip(TOK_WHILE);
8354         skip('(');
8355         gsym(b);
8356         gexpr();
8357         c = gtst(0, 0);
8358         gsym_addr(c, d);
8359         skip(')');
8360         gsym(a);
8361         skip(';');
8362     } else
8363     if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
8364         next();
8365         skip('(');
8366         gexpr();
8367         /* XXX: other types than integer */
8368         case_reg = gv(RC_INT);
8369         vpop();
8370         skip(')');
8371         a = 0;
8372         b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
8373         c = 0;
8374         block(&a, csym, &b, &c, case_reg, 0);
8375         /* if no default, jmp after switch */
8376         if (c == 0)
8377             c = ind;
8378         /* default label */
8379         gsym_addr(b, c);
8380         /* break label */
8381         gsym(a);
8382     } else
8383     if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
8384         int v1, v2;
8385         if (!case_sym)
8386             expect("switch");
8387         next();
8388         v1 = expr_const();
8389         v2 = v1;
8390         if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
8391             next();
8392             v2 = expr_const();
8393             if (v2 < v1)
8394                 warning("empty case range");
8395         }
8396         /* since a case is like a label, we must skip it with a jmp */
8397         b = gjmp(0);
8398         gsym(*case_sym);
8399         vseti(case_reg, 0);
8400         vpushi(v1);
8401         if (v1 == v2) {
8402             gen_op(TOK_EQ);
8403             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8404         } else {
8405             gen_op(TOK_GE);
8406             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8407             vseti(case_reg, 0);
8408             vpushi(v2);
8409             gen_op(TOK_LE);
8410             *case_sym = gtst(1, *case_sym);
8411         }
8412         gsym(b);
8413         skip(':');
8414         is_expr = 0;
8415         goto block_after_label;
8416     } else
8417     if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
8418         next();
8419         skip(':');
8420         if (!def_sym)
8421             expect("switch");
8422         if (*def_sym)
8423             error("too many 'default'");
8424         *def_sym = ind;
8425         is_expr = 0;
8426         goto block_after_label;
8427     } else
8428     if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
8429         next();
8430         if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
8431             /* computed goto */
8432             next();
8433             gexpr();
8434             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
8435                 expect("pointer");
8436             ggoto();
8437         } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
8438             s = label_find(tok);
8439             /* put forward definition if needed */
8440             if (!s) {
8441                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
8442             } else {
8443                 if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
8444                     s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
8445             }
8446             /* label already defined */
8447             if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
8448                 s->next = (void *)gjmp((long)s->next);
8449             else
8450                 gjmp_addr((long)s->next);
8451             next();
8452         } else {
8453             expect("label identifier");
8454         }
8455         skip(';');
8456     } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
8457         asm_instr();
8458     } else {
8459         b = is_label();
8460         if (b) {
8461             /* label case */
8462             s = label_find(b);
8463             if (s) {
8464                 if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
8465                     error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
8466                 gsym((long)s->next);
8467                 s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
8468             } else {
8469                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
8470             }
8471             s->next = (void *)ind;
8472             /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
8473         block_after_label:
8474             if (tok == '}') {
8475                 warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
8476             } else {
8477                 if (is_expr)
8478                     vpop();
8479                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8480             }
8481         } else {
8482             /* expression case */
8483             if (tok != ';') {
8484                 if (is_expr) {
8485                     vpop();
8486                     gexpr();
8487                 } else {
8488                     gexpr();
8489                     vpop();
8490                 }
8491             }
8492             skip(';');
8493         }
8494     }
8495 }
8496
8497 /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
8498    address. cur_index/cur_field is the pointer to the current
8499    value. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
8500    in arrays) */
8501 static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8502                             int *cur_index, Sym **cur_field,
8503                             int size_only)
8504 {
8505     Sym *s, *f;
8506     int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
8507     CType type1;
8508
8509     notfirst = 0;
8510     elem_size = 0;
8511     nb_elems = 1;
8512     if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
8513         goto struct_field;
8514     while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
8515         if (tok == '[') {
8516             if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
8517                 expect("array type");
8518             s = type->ref;
8519             next();
8520             index = expr_const();
8521             if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
8522                 expect("invalid index");
8523             if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
8524                 next();
8525                 index_last = expr_const();
8526                 if (index_last < 0 ||
8527                     (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
8528                     index_last < index)
8529                     expect("invalid index");
8530             } else {
8531                 index_last = index;
8532             }
8533             skip(']');
8534             if (!notfirst)
8535                 *cur_index = index_last;
8536             type = pointed_type(type);
8537             elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
8538             c += index * elem_size;
8539             /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
8540             nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
8541             if (nb_elems != 1) {
8542                 notfirst = 1;
8543                 break;
8544             }
8545         } else {
8546             next();
8547             l = tok;
8548             next();
8549         struct_field:
8550             if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
8551                 expect("struct/union type");
8552             s = type->ref;
8553             l |= SYM_FIELD;
8554             f = s->next;
8555             while (f) {
8556                 if (f->v == l)
8557                     break;
8558                 f = f->next;
8559             }
8560             if (!f)
8561                 expect("field");
8562             if (!notfirst)
8563                 *cur_field = f;
8564             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8565             type1 = f->type;
8566             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8567             type = &type1;
8568             c += f->c;
8569         }
8570         notfirst = 1;
8571     }
8572     if (notfirst) {
8573         if (tok == '=') {
8574             next();
8575         } else {
8576             if (!gnu_ext)
8577                 expect("=");
8578         }
8579     } else {
8580         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8581             index = *cur_index;
8582             type = pointed_type(type);
8583             c += index * type_size(type, &align);
8584         } else {
8585             f = *cur_field;
8586             if (!f)
8587                 error("too many field init");
8588             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8589             type1 = f->type;
8590             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8591             type = &type1;
8592             c += f->c;
8593         }
8594     }
8595     decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
8596
8597     /* XXX: make it more general */
8598     if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
8599         unsigned long c_end;
8600         uint8_t *src, *dst;
8601         int i;
8602
8603         if (!sec)
8604             error("range init not supported yet for dynamic storage");
8605         c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
8606         if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
8607             section_realloc(sec, c_end);
8608         src = sec->data + c;
8609         dst = src;
8610         for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
8611             dst += elem_size;
8612             memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
8613         }
8614     }
8615 }
8616
8617 #define EXPR_VAL   0
8618 #define EXPR_CONST 1
8619 #define EXPR_ANY   2
8620
8621 /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
8622 static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8623                       int v, int expr_type)
8624 {
8625     int saved_global_expr, bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
8626     void *ptr;
8627     unsigned long long bit_mask;
8628     CType dtype;
8629
8630     switch(expr_type) {
8631     case EXPR_VAL:
8632         vpushi(v);
8633         break;
8634     case EXPR_CONST:
8635         /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
8636         saved_global_expr = global_expr;
8637         global_expr = 1;
8638         expr_const1();
8639         global_expr = saved_global_expr;
8640         /* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
8641         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST)
8642             error("initializer element is not constant");
8643         break;
8644     case EXPR_ANY:
8645         expr_eq();
8646         break;
8647     }
8648
8649     dtype = *type;
8650     dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
8651
8652     if (sec) {
8653         /* XXX: not portable */
8654         /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
8655         gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
8656         bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
8657         ptr = sec->data + c;
8658         /* XXX: make code faster ? */
8659         if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
8660             bit_pos = 0;
8661             bit_size = 32;
8662             bit_mask = -1LL;
8663         } else {
8664             bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
8665             bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
8666             bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
8667         }
8668         if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
8669             (bt == VT_BYTE ||
8670              bt == VT_SHORT ||
8671              bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
8672              bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
8673              bt == VT_LLONG ||
8674              (bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)))
8675             error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
8676         switch(bt) {
8677         case VT_BYTE:
8678             *(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8679             break;
8680         case VT_SHORT:
8681             *(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8682             break;
8683         case VT_DOUBLE:
8684             *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
8685             break;
8686         case VT_LDOUBLE:
8687             *(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
8688             break;
8689         case VT_LLONG:
8690             *(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.ll & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8691             break;
8692         default:
8693             if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
8694                 greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_32);
8695             }
8696             *(int *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8697             break;
8698         }
8699         vtop--;
8700     } else {
8701         vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
8702         vswap();
8703         vstore();
8704         vpop();
8705     }
8706 }
8707
8708 /* put zeros for variable based init */
8709 static void init_putz(CType *t, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
8710 {
8711     if (sec) {
8712         /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
8713     } else {
8714         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
8715         vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
8716         vpushi(0);
8717         vpushi(size);
8718         gfunc_call(3);
8719     }
8720 }
8721
8722 /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
8723    object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
8724    allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
8725    dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
8726    size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
8727 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8728                              int first, int size_only)
8729 {
8730     int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, i;
8731     int size1, align1, expr_type;
8732     Sym *s, *f;
8733     CType *t1;
8734
8735     if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8736         s = type->ref;
8737         n = s->c;
8738         array_length = 0;
8739         t1 = pointed_type(type);
8740         size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
8741
8742         no_oblock = 1;
8743         if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
8744             tok == '{') {
8745             skip('{');
8746             no_oblock = 0;
8747         }
8748
8749         /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
8750            them as ((w)char *) expressions */
8751         if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
8752 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
8753              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
8754 #else
8755              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
8756 #endif
8757             ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
8758             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8759                 int cstr_len, ch;
8760                 CString *cstr;
8761
8762                 cstr = tokc.cstr;
8763                 /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
8764                 if (tok == TOK_STR)
8765                     cstr_len = cstr->size;
8766                 else
8767                     cstr_len = cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
8768                 cstr_len--;
8769                 nb = cstr_len;
8770                 if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
8771                     nb = n - array_length;
8772                 if (!size_only) {
8773                     if (cstr_len > nb)
8774                         warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
8775                     /* in order to go faster for common case (char
8776                        string in global variable, we handle it
8777                        specifically */
8778                     if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
8779                         memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, cstr->data, nb);
8780                     } else {
8781                         for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
8782                             if (tok == TOK_STR)
8783                                 ch = ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i];
8784                             else
8785                                 ch = ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i];
8786                             init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1,
8787                                       ch, EXPR_VAL);
8788                         }
8789                     }
8790                 }
8791                 array_length += nb;
8792                 next();
8793             }
8794             /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
8795                warning in this case since it is standard) */
8796             if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
8797                 if (!size_only) {
8798                     init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1), 0, EXPR_VAL);
8799                 }
8800                 array_length++;
8801             }
8802         } else {
8803             index = 0;
8804             while (tok != '}') {
8805                 decl_designator(type, sec, c, &index, NULL, size_only);
8806                 if (n >= 0 && index >= n)
8807                     error("index too large");
8808                 /* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
8809                    ensures that it even works with designators) */
8810                 if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8811                     init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8812                               (index - array_length) * size1);
8813                 }
8814                 index++;
8815                 if (index > array_length)
8816                     array_length = index;
8817                 /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
8818                    be strictly correct if designators are used at the
8819                    same time) */
8820                 if (index >= n && no_oblock)
8821                     break;
8822                 if (tok == '}')
8823                     break;
8824                 skip(',');
8825             }
8826         }
8827         if (!no_oblock)
8828             skip('}');
8829         /* put zeros at the end */
8830         if (!size_only && n >= 0 && array_length < n) {
8831             init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8832                       (n - array_length) * size1);
8833         }
8834         /* patch type size if needed */
8835         if (n < 0)
8836             s->c = array_length;
8837     } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
8838                (sec || !first || tok == '{')) {
8839         int par_count;
8840
8841         /* NOTE: the previous test is a specific case for automatic
8842            struct/union init */
8843         /* XXX: union needs only one init */
8844
8845         /* XXX: this test is incorrect for local initializers
8846            beginning with ( without {. It would be much more difficult
8847            to do it correctly (ideally, the expression parser should
8848            be used in all cases) */
8849         par_count = 0;
8850         if (tok == '(') {
8851             AttributeDef ad1;
8852             CType type1;
8853             next();
8854             while (tok == '(') {
8855                 par_count++;
8856                 next();
8857             }
8858             if (!parse_btype(&type1, &ad1))
8859                 expect("cast");
8860             type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
8861 #if 0
8862             if (!is_assignable_types(type, &type1))
8863                 error("invalid type for cast");
8864 #endif
8865             skip(')');
8866         }
8867         no_oblock = 1;
8868         if (first || tok == '{') {
8869             skip('{');
8870             no_oblock = 0;
8871         }
8872         s = type->ref;
8873         f = s->next;
8874         array_length = 0;
8875         index = 0;
8876         n = s->c;
8877         while (tok != '}') {
8878             decl_designator(type, sec, c, NULL, &f, size_only);
8879             index = f->c;
8880             if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8881                 init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8882                           index - array_length);
8883             }
8884             index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
8885             if (index > array_length)
8886                 array_length = index;
8887             f = f->next;
8888             if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
8889                 break;
8890             if (tok == '}')
8891                 break;
8892             skip(',');
8893         }
8894         /* put zeros at the end */
8895         if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
8896             init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8897                       n - array_length);
8898         }
8899         if (!no_oblock)
8900             skip('}');
8901         while (par_count) {
8902             skip(')');
8903             par_count--;
8904         }
8905     } else if (tok == '{') {
8906         next();
8907         decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
8908         skip('}');
8909     } else if (size_only) {
8910         /* just skip expression */
8911         parlevel = 0;
8912         while ((parlevel > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',')) &&
8913                tok != -1) {
8914             if (tok == '(')
8915                 parlevel++;
8916             else if (tok == ')')
8917                 parlevel--;
8918             next();
8919         }
8920     } else {
8921         /* currently, we always use constant expression for globals
8922            (may change for scripting case) */
8923         expr_type = EXPR_CONST;
8924         if (!sec)
8925             expr_type = EXPR_ANY;
8926         init_putv(type, sec, c, 0, expr_type);
8927     }
8928 }
8929
8930 /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
8931    allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
8932    VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
8933    variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers are
8934    parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object is put
8935    in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing is done
8936    to handle string constants. */
8937 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
8938                                    int has_init, int v, int scope)
8939 {
8940     int size, align, addr, data_offset;
8941     int level;
8942     ParseState saved_parse_state;
8943     TokenString init_str;
8944     Section *sec;
8945
8946     size = type_size(type, &align);
8947     /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
8948        evaluating initializers because
8949        initializers can generate global data too
8950        (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
8951        literals). It also simplifies local
8952        initializers handling */
8953     tok_str_new(&init_str);
8954     if (size < 0) {
8955         if (!has_init)
8956             error("unknown type size");
8957         /* get all init string */
8958         if (has_init == 2) {
8959             /* only get strings */
8960             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8961                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
8962                 next();
8963             }
8964         } else {
8965             level = 0;
8966             while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
8967                 if (tok < 0)
8968                     error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
8969                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
8970                 if (tok == '{')
8971                     level++;
8972                 else if (tok == '}') {
8973                     if (level == 0)
8974                         break;
8975                     level--;
8976                 }
8977                 next();
8978             }
8979         }
8980         tok_str_add(&init_str, -1);
8981         tok_str_add(&init_str, 0);
8982
8983         /* compute size */
8984         save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
8985
8986         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
8987         next();
8988         decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
8989         /* prepare second initializer parsing */
8990         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
8991         next();
8992
8993         /* if still unknown size, error */
8994         size = type_size(type, &align);
8995         if (size < 0)
8996             error("unknown type size");
8997     }
8998     /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
8999     if (ad->aligned) {
9000         if (ad->aligned > align)
9001             align = ad->aligned;
9002     } else if (ad->packed) {
9003         align = 1;
9004     }
9005     if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
9006         sec = NULL;
9007         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY))
9008             loc--;
9009         loc = (loc - size) & -align;
9010         addr = loc;
9011         /* handles bounds */
9012         /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
9013            '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
9014         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
9015             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9016             /* add padding between regions */
9017             loc--;
9018             /* then add local bound info */
9019             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(unsigned long));
9020             bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
9021             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9022         }
9023         if (v) {
9024             /* local variable */
9025             sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
9026         } else {
9027             /* push local reference */
9028             vset(type, r, addr);
9029         }
9030     } else {
9031         Sym *sym;
9032
9033         sym = NULL;
9034         if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
9035             /* see if the symbol was already defined */
9036             sym = sym_find(v);
9037             if (sym) {
9038                 if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
9039                     error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9040                           get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9041                 if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
9042                     /* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
9043                     sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
9044                     /* set array size if it was ommited in extern
9045                        declaration */
9046                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) &&
9047                         sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
9048                         type->ref->c >= 0)
9049                         sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
9050                 } else {
9051                     /* we accept several definitions of the same
9052                        global variable. this is tricky, because we
9053                        must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
9054                     /* XXX: should check if the variable was already
9055                        initialized. It is incorrect to initialized it
9056                        twice */
9057                     /* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
9058                     if (!has_init)
9059                         goto no_alloc;
9060                 }
9061             }
9062         }
9063
9064         /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
9065         sec = ad->section;
9066         if (!sec) {
9067             if (has_init)
9068                 sec = data_section;
9069             else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
9070                 sec = bss_section;
9071         }
9072         if (sec) {
9073             data_offset = sec->data_offset;
9074             data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
9075             addr = data_offset;
9076             /* very important to increment global pointer at this time
9077                because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
9078             data_offset += size;
9079             /* add padding if bound check */
9080             if (do_bounds_check)
9081                 data_offset++;
9082             sec->data_offset = data_offset;
9083             /* allocate section space to put the data */
9084             if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS &&
9085                 data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
9086                 section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
9087             /* align section if needed */
9088             if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
9089                 sec->sh_addralign = align;
9090         } else {
9091             addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
9092         }
9093
9094         if (v) {
9095             if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
9096                 sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
9097             }
9098             /* update symbol definition */
9099             if (sec) {
9100                 put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
9101             } else {
9102                 Elf32_Sym *esym;
9103                 /* put a common area */
9104                 put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, align, size);
9105                 /* XXX: find a nicer way */
9106                 esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
9107                 esym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
9108             }
9109         } else {
9110             CValue cval;
9111
9112             /* push global reference */
9113             sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
9114             cval.ul = 0;
9115             vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
9116             vtop->sym = sym;
9117         }
9118
9119         /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
9120            before for the relocation */
9121         if (do_bounds_check) {
9122             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9123
9124             greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_32);
9125             /* then add global bound info */
9126             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(long));
9127             bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
9128             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9129         }
9130     }
9131     if (has_init) {
9132         decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
9133         /* restore parse state if needed */
9134         if (init_str.str) {
9135             tok_str_free(init_str.str);
9136             restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
9137         }
9138     }
9139  no_alloc: ;
9140 }
9141
9142 void put_func_debug(Sym *sym)
9143 {
9144     char buf[512];
9145
9146     /* stabs info */
9147     /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
9148     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
9149              funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
9150     put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
9151                 cur_text_section, sym->c);
9152     /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
9153     put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
9154     last_ind = 0;
9155     last_line_num = 0;
9156 }
9157
9158 /* parse an old style function declaration list */
9159 /* XXX: check multiple parameter */
9160 static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
9161 {
9162     AttributeDef ad;
9163     int v;
9164     Sym *s;
9165     CType btype, type;
9166
9167     /* parse each declaration */
9168     while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF) {
9169         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad))
9170             expect("declaration list");
9171         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9172              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9173             tok == ';') {
9174             /* we accept no variable after */
9175         } else {
9176             for(;;) {
9177                 type = btype;
9178                 type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9179                 /* find parameter in function parameter list */
9180                 s = func_sym->next;
9181                 while (s != NULL) {
9182                     if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
9183                         goto found;
9184                     s = s->next;
9185                 }
9186                 error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
9187                       get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9188             found:
9189                 /* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
9190                 if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
9191                     error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9192                 convert_parameter_type(&type);
9193                 /* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
9194                 s->type = type;
9195                 /* accept other parameters */
9196                 if (tok == ',')
9197                     next();
9198                 else
9199                     break;
9200             }
9201         }
9202         skip(';');
9203     }
9204 }
9205
9206 /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
9207    'cur_text_section' */
9208 static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
9209 {
9210     int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
9211     nocode_wanted = 0;
9212     ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
9213     /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
9214     put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
9215     funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
9216     func_ind = ind;
9217     /* put debug symbol */
9218     if (do_debug)
9219         put_func_debug(sym);
9220     /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
9221     sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
9222     gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
9223     rsym = 0;
9224     block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
9225     gsym(rsym);
9226     gfunc_epilog();
9227     cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
9228     label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
9229     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL); /* reset local stack */
9230     /* end of function */
9231     /* patch symbol size */
9232     ((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size =
9233         ind - func_ind;
9234     if (do_debug) {
9235         put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, ind - func_ind);
9236     }
9237     funcname = ""; /* for safety */
9238     func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
9239     ind = 0; /* for safety */
9240     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
9241 }
9242
9243 static void gen_inline_functions(void)
9244 {
9245     Sym *sym;
9246     CType *type;
9247     int *str, inline_generated;
9248
9249     /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
9250     for(;;) {
9251         inline_generated = 0;
9252         for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9253             type = &sym->type;
9254             if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9255                 (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9256                 (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE) &&
9257                 sym->c != 0) {
9258                 /* the function was used: generate its code and
9259                    convert it to a normal function */
9260                 str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9261                 sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9262                 sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
9263
9264                 macro_ptr = str;
9265                 next();
9266                 cur_text_section = text_section;
9267                 gen_function(sym);
9268                 macro_ptr = NULL; /* fail safe */
9269
9270                 tok_str_free(str);
9271                 inline_generated = 1;
9272             }
9273         }
9274         if (!inline_generated)
9275             break;
9276     }
9277
9278     /* free all remaining inline function tokens */
9279     for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9280         type = &sym->type;
9281         if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9282             (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9283             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) {
9284             //gr printf("sym %d %s\n", sym->r, get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
9285             if (sym->r == (VT_SYM | VT_CONST)) //gr beware!
9286                 continue;
9287             str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9288             tok_str_free(str);
9289             sym->r = 0; /* fail safe */
9290         }
9291     }
9292 }
9293
9294 /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
9295 static void decl(int l)
9296 {
9297     int v, has_init, r;
9298     CType type, btype;
9299     Sym *sym;
9300     AttributeDef ad;
9301
9302     while (1) {
9303         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
9304             /* skip redundant ';' */
9305             /* XXX: find more elegant solution */
9306             if (tok == ';') {
9307                 next();
9308                 continue;
9309             }
9310             if (l == VT_CONST &&
9311                 (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
9312                 /* global asm block */
9313                 asm_global_instr();
9314                 continue;
9315             }
9316             /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
9317                type. Only accepted when defining global data */
9318             if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_DEFINE)
9319                 break;
9320             btype.t = VT_INT;
9321         }
9322         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9323              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9324             tok == ';') {
9325             /* we accept no variable after */
9326             next();
9327             continue;
9328         }
9329         while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
9330             type = btype;
9331             type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9332 #if 0
9333             {
9334                 char buf[500];
9335                 type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9336                 printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
9337             }
9338 #endif
9339             if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9340                 /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
9341                    declaration list */
9342                 sym = type.ref;
9343                 if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
9344                     func_decl_list(sym);
9345             }
9346
9347             if (tok == '{') {
9348                 if (l == VT_LOCAL)
9349                     error("cannot use local functions");
9350                 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9351                     expect("function definition");
9352
9353                 /* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
9354                 sym = type.ref;
9355                 while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
9356                     if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
9357                        expect("identifier");
9358
9359                 /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
9360                 if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
9361                     type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
9362
9363                 sym = sym_find(v);
9364                 if (sym) {
9365                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9366                         goto func_error1;
9367                     /* specific case: if not func_call defined, we put
9368                        the one of the prototype */
9369                     /* XXX: should have default value */
9370                     r = sym->type.ref->r;
9371                     if (FUNC_CALL(r) != FUNC_CDECL
9372                      && FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) == FUNC_CDECL)
9373                         FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) = FUNC_CALL(r);
9374                     if (FUNC_EXPORT(r))
9375                         FUNC_EXPORT(type.ref->r) = 1;
9376
9377                     if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
9378                     func_error1:
9379                         error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9380                               get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9381                     }
9382                     /* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
9383                     sym->type = type;
9384                 } else {
9385                     /* put function symbol */
9386                     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
9387                     sym->type.ref = type.ref;
9388                 }
9389
9390                 /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
9391                    of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
9392                    the compilation unit only if they are used */
9393                 if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
9394                     (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
9395                     TokenString func_str;
9396                     int block_level;
9397
9398                     tok_str_new(&func_str);
9399
9400                     block_level = 0;
9401                     for(;;) {
9402                         int t;
9403                         if (tok == TOK_EOF)
9404                             error("unexpected end of file");
9405                         tok_str_add_tok(&func_str);
9406                         t = tok;
9407                         next();
9408                         if (t == '{') {
9409                             block_level++;
9410                         } else if (t == '}') {
9411                             block_level--;
9412                             if (block_level == 0)
9413                                 break;
9414                         }
9415                     }
9416                     tok_str_add(&func_str, -1);
9417                     tok_str_add(&func_str, 0);
9418                     INLINE_DEF(sym->r) = func_str.str;
9419                 } else {
9420                     /* compute text section */
9421                     cur_text_section = ad.section;
9422                     if (!cur_text_section)
9423                         cur_text_section = text_section;
9424                     sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9425                     gen_function(sym);
9426                 }
9427                 break;
9428             } else {
9429                 if (btype.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
9430                     /* save typedefed type  */
9431                     /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
9432                     sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
9433                     sym->type.t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
9434                 } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9435                     /* external function definition */
9436                     /* specific case for func_call attribute */
9437                     if (ad.func_attr)
9438                         type.ref->r = ad.func_attr;
9439                     external_sym(v, &type, 0);
9440                 } else {
9441                     /* not lvalue if array */
9442                     r = 0;
9443                     if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
9444                         r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
9445                     has_init = (tok == '=');
9446                     if ((btype.t & VT_EXTERN) ||
9447                         ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
9448                          !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
9449                         /* external variable */
9450                         /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
9451                            arrays of null size are considered as
9452                            extern */
9453                         external_sym(v, &type, r);
9454                     } else {
9455                         type.t |= (btype.t & VT_STATIC); /* Retain "static". */
9456                         if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
9457                             r |= VT_CONST;
9458                         else
9459                             r |= l;
9460                         if (has_init)
9461                             next();
9462                         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r,
9463                                                has_init, v, l);
9464                     }
9465                 }
9466                 if (tok != ',') {
9467                     skip(';');
9468                     break;
9469                 }
9470                 next();
9471             }
9472         }
9473     }
9474 }
9475
9476 /* better than nothing, but needs extension to handle '-E' option
9477    correctly too */
9478 static void preprocess_init(TCCState *s1)
9479 {
9480     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9481     /* XXX: move that before to avoid having to initialize
9482        file->ifdef_stack_ptr ? */
9483     s1->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack;
9484     file->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
9485
9486     /* XXX: not ANSI compliant: bound checking says error */
9487     vtop = vstack - 1;
9488     s1->pack_stack[0] = 0;
9489     s1->pack_stack_ptr = s1->pack_stack;
9490 }
9491
9492 /* compile the C file opened in 'file'. Return non zero if errors. */
9493 static int tcc_compile(TCCState *s1)
9494 {
9495     Sym *define_start;
9496     char buf[512];
9497     volatile int section_sym;
9498
9499 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
9500     printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
9501 #endif
9502     preprocess_init(s1);
9503
9504     funcname = "";
9505     anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
9506
9507     /* file info: full path + filename */
9508     section_sym = 0; /* avoid warning */
9509     if (do_debug) {
9510         section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9511                                   ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
9512                                   text_section->sh_num, NULL);
9513         getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
9514 #ifdef _WIN32
9515         normalize_slashes(buf);
9516 #endif
9517         pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
9518         put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
9519                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9520         put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
9521                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9522     }
9523     /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
9524        symbols can be safely used */
9525     put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9526                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
9527                 SHN_ABS, file->filename);
9528
9529     /* define some often used types */
9530     int_type.t = VT_INT;
9531
9532     char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
9533     mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
9534
9535     func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9536     func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9537
9538 #if defined(TCC_ARM_EABI) && defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
9539     float_type.t = VT_FLOAT;
9540     double_type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
9541
9542     func_float_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9543     func_float_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &float_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9544     func_double_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9545     func_double_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &double_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9546 #endif
9547
9548 #if 0
9549     /* define 'void *alloca(unsigned int)' builtin function */
9550     {
9551         Sym *s1;
9552
9553         p = anon_sym++;
9554         sym = sym_push(p, mk_pointer(VT_VOID), FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_NEW);
9555         s1 = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, VT_UNSIGNED | VT_INT, 0, 0);
9556         s1->next = NULL;
9557         sym->next = s1;
9558         sym_push(TOK_alloca, VT_FUNC | (p << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT), VT_CONST, 0);
9559     }
9560 #endif
9561
9562     define_start = define_stack;
9563     nocode_wanted = 1;
9564
9565     if (setjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf) == 0) {
9566         s1->nb_errors = 0;
9567         s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 1;
9568
9569         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9570         tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9571         parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM;
9572         next();
9573         decl(VT_CONST);
9574         if (tok != TOK_EOF)
9575             expect("declaration");
9576
9577         /* end of translation unit info */
9578         if (do_debug) {
9579             put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
9580                         text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9581         }
9582     }
9583     s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 0;
9584
9585     /* reset define stack, but leave -Dsymbols (may be incorrect if
9586        they are undefined) */
9587     free_defines(define_start);
9588
9589     gen_inline_functions();
9590
9591     sym_pop(&global_stack, NULL);
9592     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL);
9593
9594     return s1->nb_errors != 0 ? -1 : 0;
9595 }
9596
9597 /* Preprocess the current file */
9598 /* XXX: add line and file infos, add options to preserve spaces */
9599 static int tcc_preprocess(TCCState *s1)
9600 {
9601     Sym *define_start;
9602     int last_is_space;
9603
9604     preprocess_init(s1);
9605
9606     define_start = define_stack;
9607
9608     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9609     tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9610     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS | PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS |
9611         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
9612     last_is_space = 1;
9613     next();
9614     for(;;) {
9615         if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
9616             break;
9617         } else if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED) {
9618             last_is_space = 1;
9619         } else {
9620             if (!last_is_space)
9621                 fputc(' ', s1->outfile);
9622             last_is_space = 0;
9623         }
9624         fputs(get_tok_str(tok, &tokc), s1->outfile);
9625         next();
9626     }
9627     free_defines(define_start);
9628     return 0;
9629 }
9630
9631 #ifdef LIBTCC
9632 int tcc_compile_string(TCCState *s, const char *str)
9633 {
9634     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9635     int ret, len;
9636     char *buf;
9637
9638     /* init file structure */
9639     bf->fd = -1;
9640     /* XXX: avoid copying */
9641     len = strlen(str);
9642     buf = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
9643     if (!buf)
9644         return -1;
9645     memcpy(buf, str, len);
9646     buf[len] = CH_EOB;
9647     bf->buf_ptr = buf;
9648     bf->buf_end = buf + len;
9649     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), "<string>");
9650     bf->line_num = 1;
9651     file = bf;
9652     ret = tcc_compile(s);
9653     file = NULL;
9654     tcc_free(buf);
9655
9656     /* currently, no need to close */
9657     return ret;
9658 }
9659 #endif
9660
9661 /* define a preprocessor symbol. A value can also be provided with the '=' operator */
9662 void tcc_define_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, const char *value)
9663 {
9664     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9665
9666     pstrcpy(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, sym);
9667     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, " ");
9668     /* default value */
9669     if (!value)
9670         value = "1";
9671     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, value);
9672
9673     /* init file structure */
9674     bf->fd = -1;
9675     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
9676     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + strlen(bf->buffer);
9677     *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
9678     bf->filename[0] = '\0';
9679     bf->line_num = 1;
9680     file = bf;
9681
9682     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9683
9684     /* parse with define parser */
9685     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9686     next_nomacro();
9687     parse_define();
9688     file = NULL;
9689 }
9690
9691 /* undefine a preprocessor symbol */
9692 void tcc_undefine_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym)
9693 {
9694     TokenSym *ts;
9695     Sym *s;
9696     ts = tok_alloc(sym, strlen(sym));
9697     s = define_find(ts->tok);
9698     /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
9699     if (s)
9700         define_undef(s);
9701 }
9702
9703 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
9704
9705 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
9706 #include "i386-asm.c"
9707 #endif
9708 #include "tccasm.c"
9709
9710 #else
9711 static void asm_instr(void)
9712 {
9713     error("inline asm() not supported");
9714 }
9715 static void asm_global_instr(void)
9716 {
9717     error("inline asm() not supported");
9718 }
9719 #endif
9720
9721 #include "tccelf.c"
9722
9723 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
9724 #include "tcccoff.c"
9725 #endif
9726
9727 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9728 #include "tccpe.c"
9729 #endif
9730
9731 /* print the position in the source file of PC value 'pc' by reading
9732    the stabs debug information */
9733 static void rt_printline(unsigned long wanted_pc)
9734 {
9735     Stab_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9736     char func_name[128], last_func_name[128];
9737     unsigned long func_addr, last_pc, pc;
9738     const char *incl_files[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
9739     int incl_index, len, last_line_num, i;
9740     const char *str, *p;
9741
9742     fprintf(stderr, "0x%08lx:", wanted_pc);
9743
9744     func_name[0] = '\0';
9745     func_addr = 0;
9746     incl_index = 0;
9747     last_func_name[0] = '\0';
9748     last_pc = 0xffffffff;
9749     last_line_num = 1;
9750     sym = (Stab_Sym *)stab_section->data + 1;
9751     sym_end = (Stab_Sym *)(stab_section->data + stab_section->data_offset);
9752     while (sym < sym_end) {
9753         switch(sym->n_type) {
9754             /* function start or end */
9755         case N_FUN:
9756             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9757                 /* we test if between last line and end of function */
9758                 pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9759                 if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9760                     goto found;
9761                 func_name[0] = '\0';
9762                 func_addr = 0;
9763             } else {
9764                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9765                 p = strchr(str, ':');
9766                 if (!p) {
9767                     pstrcpy(func_name, sizeof(func_name), str);
9768                 } else {
9769                     len = p - str;
9770                     if (len > sizeof(func_name) - 1)
9771                         len = sizeof(func_name) - 1;
9772                     memcpy(func_name, str, len);
9773                     func_name[len] = '\0';
9774                 }
9775                 func_addr = sym->n_value;
9776             }
9777             break;
9778             /* line number info */
9779         case N_SLINE:
9780             pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9781             if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9782                 goto found;
9783             last_pc = pc;
9784             last_line_num = sym->n_desc;
9785             /* XXX: slow! */
9786             strcpy(last_func_name, func_name);
9787             break;
9788             /* include files */
9789         case N_BINCL:
9790             str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9791         add_incl:
9792             if (incl_index < INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE) {
9793                 incl_files[incl_index++] = str;
9794             }
9795             break;
9796         case N_EINCL:
9797             if (incl_index > 1)
9798                 incl_index--;
9799             break;
9800         case N_SO:
9801             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9802                 incl_index = 0; /* end of translation unit */
9803             } else {
9804                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9805                 /* do not add path */
9806                 len = strlen(str);
9807                 if (len > 0 && str[len - 1] != '/')
9808                     goto add_incl;
9809             }
9810             break;
9811         }
9812         sym++;
9813     }
9814
9815     /* second pass: we try symtab symbols (no line number info) */
9816     incl_index = 0;
9817     {
9818         Elf32_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9819         int type;
9820
9821         sym_end = (Elf32_Sym *)(symtab_section->data + symtab_section->data_offset);
9822         for(sym = (Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data + 1;
9823             sym < sym_end;
9824             sym++) {
9825             type = ELF32_ST_TYPE(sym->st_info);
9826             if (type == STT_FUNC) {
9827                 if (wanted_pc >= sym->st_value &&
9828                     wanted_pc < sym->st_value + sym->st_size) {
9829                     pstrcpy(last_func_name, sizeof(last_func_name),
9830                             strtab_section->data + sym->st_name);
9831                     goto found;
9832                 }
9833             }
9834         }
9835     }
9836     /* did not find any info: */
9837     fprintf(stderr, " ???\n");
9838     return;
9839  found:
9840     if (last_func_name[0] != '\0') {
9841         fprintf(stderr, " %s()", last_func_name);
9842     }
9843     if (incl_index > 0) {
9844         fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d",
9845                 incl_files[incl_index - 1], last_line_num);
9846         for(i = incl_index - 2; i >= 0; i--)
9847             fprintf(stderr, ", included from %s", incl_files[i]);
9848         fprintf(stderr, ")");
9849     }
9850     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9851 }
9852
9853 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
9854
9855 #ifdef __i386__
9856
9857 /* fix for glibc 2.1 */
9858 #ifndef REG_EIP
9859 #define REG_EIP EIP
9860 #define REG_EBP EBP
9861 #endif
9862
9863 /* return the PC at frame level 'level'. Return non zero if not found */
9864 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9865                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9866 {
9867     unsigned long fp;
9868     int i;
9869
9870     if (level == 0) {
9871 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9872         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_eip;
9873 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9874         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.eip;
9875 #else
9876         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EIP];
9877 #endif
9878         return 0;
9879     } else {
9880 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9881         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_ebp;
9882 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9883         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.ebp;
9884 #else
9885         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EBP];
9886 #endif
9887         for(i=1;i<level;i++) {
9888             /* XXX: check address validity with program info */
9889             if (fp <= 0x1000 || fp >= 0xc0000000)
9890                 return -1;
9891             fp = ((unsigned long *)fp)[0];
9892         }
9893         *paddr = ((unsigned long *)fp)[1];
9894         return 0;
9895     }
9896 }
9897 #else
9898
9899 #warning add arch specific rt_get_caller_pc()
9900
9901 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9902                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9903 {
9904     return -1;
9905 }
9906 #endif
9907
9908 /* emit a run time error at position 'pc' */
9909 void rt_error(ucontext_t *uc, const char *fmt, ...)
9910 {
9911     va_list ap;
9912     unsigned long pc;
9913     int i;
9914
9915     va_start(ap, fmt);
9916     fprintf(stderr, "Runtime error: ");
9917     vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
9918     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9919     for(i=0;i<num_callers;i++) {
9920         if (rt_get_caller_pc(&pc, uc, i) < 0)
9921             break;
9922         if (i == 0)
9923             fprintf(stderr, "at ");
9924         else
9925             fprintf(stderr, "by ");
9926         rt_printline(pc);
9927     }
9928     exit(255);
9929     va_end(ap);
9930 }
9931
9932 /* signal handler for fatal errors */
9933 static void sig_error(int signum, siginfo_t *siginf, void *puc)
9934 {
9935     ucontext_t *uc = puc;
9936
9937     switch(signum) {
9938     case SIGFPE:
9939         switch(siginf->si_code) {
9940         case FPE_INTDIV:
9941         case FPE_FLTDIV:
9942             rt_error(uc, "division by zero");
9943             break;
9944         default:
9945             rt_error(uc, "floating point exception");
9946             break;
9947         }
9948         break;
9949     case SIGBUS:
9950     case SIGSEGV:
9951         if (rt_bound_error_msg && *rt_bound_error_msg)
9952             rt_error(uc, *rt_bound_error_msg);
9953         else
9954             rt_error(uc, "dereferencing invalid pointer");
9955         break;
9956     case SIGILL:
9957         rt_error(uc, "illegal instruction");
9958         break;
9959     case SIGABRT:
9960         rt_error(uc, "abort() called");
9961         break;
9962     default:
9963         rt_error(uc, "caught signal %d", signum);
9964         break;
9965     }
9966     exit(255);
9967 }
9968 #endif
9969
9970 /* do all relocations (needed before using tcc_get_symbol()) */
9971 int tcc_relocate(TCCState *s1)
9972 {
9973     Section *s;
9974     int i;
9975
9976     s1->nb_errors = 0;
9977
9978 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9979     pe_add_runtime(s1);
9980 #else
9981     tcc_add_runtime(s1);
9982 #endif
9983
9984     relocate_common_syms();
9985
9986     tcc_add_linker_symbols(s1);
9987 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
9988     build_got_entries(s1);
9989 #endif
9990     /* compute relocation address : section are relocated in place. We
9991        also alloc the bss space */
9992     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
9993         s = s1->sections[i];
9994         if (s->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) {
9995             if (s->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
9996                 s->data = tcc_mallocz(s->data_offset);
9997             s->sh_addr = (unsigned long)s->data;
9998         }
9999     }
10000
10001     relocate_syms(s1, 1);
10002
10003     if (s1->nb_errors != 0)
10004         return -1;
10005
10006     /* relocate each section */
10007     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10008         s = s1->sections[i];
10009         if (s->reloc)
10010             relocate_section(s1, s);
10011     }
10012
10013     /* mark executable sections as executable in memory */
10014     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10015         s = s1->sections[i];
10016         if ((s->sh_flags & (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR)) ==
10017             (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR))
10018             set_pages_executable(s->data, s->data_offset);
10019     }
10020     return 0;
10021 }
10022
10023 /* launch the compiled program with the given arguments */
10024 int tcc_run(TCCState *s1, int argc, char **argv)
10025 {
10026     int (*prog_main)(int, char **);
10027
10028     if (tcc_relocate(s1) < 0)
10029         return -1;
10030
10031     prog_main = tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "main");
10032
10033     if (do_debug) {
10034 #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
10035         error("debug mode currently not available for Windows");
10036 #else
10037         struct sigaction sigact;
10038         /* install TCC signal handlers to print debug info on fatal
10039            runtime errors */
10040         sigact.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO | SA_RESETHAND;
10041         sigact.sa_sigaction = sig_error;
10042         sigemptyset(&sigact.sa_mask);
10043         sigaction(SIGFPE, &sigact, NULL);
10044         sigaction(SIGILL, &sigact, NULL);
10045         sigaction(SIGSEGV, &sigact, NULL);
10046         sigaction(SIGBUS, &sigact, NULL);
10047         sigaction(SIGABRT, &sigact, NULL);
10048 #endif
10049     }
10050
10051 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10052     if (do_bounds_check) {
10053         void (*bound_init)(void);
10054
10055         /* set error function */
10056         rt_bound_error_msg = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1,
10057                                                         "__bound_error_msg");
10058
10059         /* XXX: use .init section so that it also work in binary ? */
10060         bound_init = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "__bound_init");
10061         bound_init();
10062     }
10063 #endif
10064     return (*prog_main)(argc, argv);
10065 }
10066
10067 void tcc_memstats(void)
10068 {
10069 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
10070     printf("memory in use: %d\n", mem_cur_size);
10071 #endif
10072 }
10073
10074 static void tcc_cleanup(void)
10075 {
10076     int i, n;
10077
10078     if (NULL == tcc_state)
10079         return;
10080     tcc_state = NULL;
10081
10082     /* free -D defines */
10083     free_defines(NULL);
10084
10085     /* free tokens */
10086     n = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
10087     for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
10088         tcc_free(table_ident[i]);
10089     tcc_free(table_ident);
10090
10091     /* free sym_pools */
10092     dynarray_reset(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools);
10093     /* string buffer */
10094     cstr_free(&tokcstr);
10095     /* reset symbol stack */
10096     sym_free_first = NULL;
10097     /* cleanup from error/setjmp */
10098     macro_ptr = NULL;
10099 }
10100
10101 TCCState *tcc_new(void)
10102 {
10103     const char *p, *r;
10104     TCCState *s;
10105     TokenSym *ts;
10106     int i, c;
10107
10108     tcc_cleanup();
10109
10110     s = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(TCCState));
10111     if (!s)
10112         return NULL;
10113     tcc_state = s;
10114     s->output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10115
10116     /* init isid table */
10117     for(i=CH_EOF;i<256;i++)
10118         isidnum_table[i-CH_EOF] = isid(i) || isnum(i);
10119
10120     /* add all tokens */
10121     table_ident = NULL;
10122     memset(hash_ident, 0, TOK_HASH_SIZE * sizeof(TokenSym *));
10123
10124     tok_ident = TOK_IDENT;
10125     p = tcc_keywords;
10126     while (*p) {
10127         r = p;
10128         for(;;) {
10129             c = *r++;
10130             if (c == '\0')
10131                 break;
10132         }
10133         ts = tok_alloc(p, r - p - 1);
10134         p = r;
10135     }
10136
10137     /* we add dummy defines for some special macros to speed up tests
10138        and to have working defined() */
10139     define_push(TOK___LINE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10140     define_push(TOK___FILE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10141     define_push(TOK___DATE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10142     define_push(TOK___TIME__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10143
10144     /* standard defines */
10145     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC__", NULL);
10146     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
10147 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
10148     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__i386__", NULL);
10149 #endif
10150 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
10151     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__ARM_ARCH_4__", NULL);
10152     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf__", NULL);
10153     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf", NULL);
10154     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm_elf", NULL);
10155     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm__", NULL);
10156     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm", NULL);
10157     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm", NULL);
10158     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__APCS_32__", NULL);
10159 #endif
10160 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10161     tcc_define_symbol(s, "_WIN32", NULL);
10162 #else
10163     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix__", NULL);
10164     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix", NULL);
10165 #if defined(__linux)
10166     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux__", NULL);
10167     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux", NULL);
10168 #endif
10169 #endif
10170     /* tiny C specific defines */
10171     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__TINYC__", NULL);
10172
10173     /* tiny C & gcc defines */
10174     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__SIZE_TYPE__", "unsigned int");
10175     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__PTRDIFF_TYPE__", "int");
10176 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10177     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "unsigned short");
10178 #else
10179     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "int");
10180 #endif
10181
10182 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10183     /* default library paths */
10184     tcc_add_library_path(s, "/usr/local/lib");
10185     tcc_add_library_path(s, "/usr/lib");
10186     tcc_add_library_path(s, "/lib");
10187 #endif
10188
10189     /* no section zero */
10190     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->sections, &s->nb_sections, NULL);
10191
10192     /* create standard sections */
10193     text_section = new_section(s, ".text", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR);
10194     data_section = new_section(s, ".data", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10195     bss_section = new_section(s, ".bss", SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10196
10197     /* symbols are always generated for linking stage */
10198     symtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".symtab", SHT_SYMTAB, 0,
10199                                 ".strtab",
10200                                 ".hashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10201     strtab_section = symtab_section->link;
10202
10203     /* private symbol table for dynamic symbols */
10204     s->dynsymtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".dynsymtab", SHT_SYMTAB, SHF_PRIVATE,
10205                                       ".dynstrtab",
10206                                       ".dynhashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10207     s->alacarte_link = 1;
10208
10209 #ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
10210     s->char_is_unsigned = 1;
10211 #endif
10212 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_PE) && 0
10213     /* XXX: currently the PE linker is not ready to support that */
10214     s->leading_underscore = 1;
10215 #endif
10216     return s;
10217 }
10218
10219 void tcc_delete(TCCState *s1)
10220 {
10221     int i;
10222
10223     tcc_cleanup();
10224
10225     /* free all sections */
10226     free_section(s1->dynsymtab_section);
10227
10228     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++)
10229         free_section(s1->sections[i]);
10230     tcc_free(s1->sections);
10231
10232     /* free any loaded DLLs */
10233     for ( i = 0; i < s1->nb_loaded_dlls; i++)
10234     {
10235         DLLReference *ref = s1->loaded_dlls[i];
10236         if ( ref->handle )
10237             dlclose(ref->handle);
10238     }
10239
10240     /* free loaded dlls array */
10241     dynarray_reset(&s1->loaded_dlls, &s1->nb_loaded_dlls);
10242
10243     /* free library paths */
10244     dynarray_reset(&s1->library_paths, &s1->nb_library_paths);
10245
10246     /* free include paths */
10247     dynarray_reset(&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes);
10248     dynarray_reset(&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths);
10249     dynarray_reset(&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths);
10250
10251     tcc_free(s1);
10252 }
10253
10254 int tcc_add_include_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10255 {
10256     char *pathname1;
10257
10258     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10259     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths, pathname1);
10260     return 0;
10261 }
10262
10263 int tcc_add_sysinclude_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10264 {
10265     char *pathname1;
10266
10267     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10268     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths, pathname1);
10269     return 0;
10270 }
10271
10272 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s1, const char *filename, int flags)
10273 {
10274     const char *ext;
10275     Elf32_Ehdr ehdr;
10276     int fd, ret;
10277     BufferedFile *saved_file;
10278
10279     /* find source file type with extension */
10280     ext = tcc_fileextension(filename);
10281     if (ext[0])
10282         ext++;
10283
10284     /* open the file */
10285     saved_file = file;
10286     file = tcc_open(s1, filename);
10287     if (!file) {
10288         if (flags & AFF_PRINT_ERROR) {
10289             error_noabort("file '%s' not found", filename);
10290         }
10291         ret = -1;
10292         goto fail1;
10293     }
10294
10295     if (flags & AFF_PREPROCESS) {
10296         ret = tcc_preprocess(s1);
10297     } else if (!ext[0] || !strcmp(ext, "c")) {
10298         /* C file assumed */
10299         ret = tcc_compile(s1);
10300     } else
10301 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
10302     if (!strcmp(ext, "S")) {
10303         /* preprocessed assembler */
10304         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 1);
10305     } else if (!strcmp(ext, "s")) {
10306         /* non preprocessed assembler */
10307         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 0);
10308     } else
10309 #endif
10310 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10311     if (!strcmp(ext, "def")) {
10312         ret = pe_load_def_file(s1, file->fd);
10313     } else
10314 #endif
10315     {
10316         fd = file->fd;
10317         /* assume executable format: auto guess file type */
10318         ret = read(fd, &ehdr, sizeof(ehdr));
10319         lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
10320         if (ret <= 0) {
10321             error_noabort("could not read header");
10322             goto fail;
10323         } else if (ret != sizeof(ehdr)) {
10324             goto try_load_script;
10325         }
10326
10327         if (ehdr.e_ident[0] == ELFMAG0 &&
10328             ehdr.e_ident[1] == ELFMAG1 &&
10329             ehdr.e_ident[2] == ELFMAG2 &&
10330             ehdr.e_ident[3] == ELFMAG3) {
10331             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10332             if (ehdr.e_type == ET_REL) {
10333                 ret = tcc_load_object_file(s1, fd, 0);
10334             } else if (ehdr.e_type == ET_DYN) {
10335                 if (s1->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
10336 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10337                     ret = -1;
10338 #else
10339                     void *h;
10340                     h = dlopen(filename, RTLD_GLOBAL | RTLD_LAZY);
10341                     if (h)
10342                         ret = 0;
10343                     else
10344                         ret = -1;
10345 #endif
10346                 } else {
10347                     ret = tcc_load_dll(s1, fd, filename,
10348                                        (flags & AFF_REFERENCED_DLL) != 0);
10349                 }
10350             } else {
10351                 error_noabort("unrecognized ELF file");
10352                 goto fail;
10353             }
10354         } else if (memcmp((char *)&ehdr, ARMAG, 8) == 0) {
10355             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10356             ret = tcc_load_archive(s1, fd);
10357         } else
10358 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10359         if (*(uint16_t *)(&ehdr) == COFF_C67_MAGIC) {
10360             ret = tcc_load_coff(s1, fd);
10361         } else
10362 #endif
10363 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10364         if (pe_test_res_file(&ehdr, ret)) {
10365             ret = pe_load_res_file(s1, fd);
10366         } else
10367 #endif
10368         {
10369             /* as GNU ld, consider it is an ld script if not recognized */
10370         try_load_script:
10371             ret = tcc_load_ldscript(s1);
10372             if (ret < 0) {
10373                 error_noabort("unrecognized file type");
10374                 goto fail;
10375             }
10376         }
10377     }
10378  the_end:
10379     tcc_close(file);
10380  fail1:
10381     file = saved_file;
10382     return ret;
10383  fail:
10384     ret = -1;
10385     goto the_end;
10386 }
10387
10388 int tcc_add_file(TCCState *s, const char *filename)
10389 {
10390     return tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename, AFF_PRINT_ERROR);
10391 }
10392
10393 int tcc_add_library_path(TCCState *s, const char *pathname)
10394 {
10395     char *pathname1;
10396
10397     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10398     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->library_paths, &s->nb_library_paths, pathname1);
10399     return 0;
10400 }
10401
10402 /* find and load a dll. Return non zero if not found */
10403 /* XXX: add '-rpath' option support ? */
10404 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags)
10405 {
10406     char buf[1024];
10407     int i;
10408
10409     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10410         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s",
10411                  s->library_paths[i], filename);
10412         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, flags) == 0)
10413             return 0;
10414     }
10415     return -1;
10416 }
10417
10418 /* the library name is the same as the argument of the '-l' option */
10419 int tcc_add_library(TCCState *s, const char *libraryname)
10420 {
10421     char buf[1024];
10422     int i;
10423
10424     /* first we look for the dynamic library if not static linking */
10425     if (!s->static_link) {
10426 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10427         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.def", libraryname);
10428 #else
10429         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lib%s.so", libraryname);
10430 #endif
10431         if (tcc_add_dll(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10432             return 0;
10433     }
10434
10435     /* then we look for the static library */
10436     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10437         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib%s.a",
10438                  s->library_paths[i], libraryname);
10439         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10440             return 0;
10441     }
10442     return -1;
10443 }
10444
10445 int tcc_add_symbol(TCCState *s, const char *name, unsigned long val)
10446 {
10447     add_elf_sym(symtab_section, val, 0,
10448                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE), 0,
10449                 SHN_ABS, name);
10450     return 0;
10451 }
10452
10453 int tcc_set_output_type(TCCState *s, int output_type)
10454 {
10455     char buf[1024];
10456
10457     s->output_type = output_type;
10458
10459     if (!s->nostdinc) {
10460         /* default include paths */
10461         /* XXX: reverse order needed if -isystem support */
10462 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10463         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, "/usr/local/include");
10464         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, "/usr/include");
10465 #endif
10466         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include", tcc_lib_path);
10467         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10468 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10469         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include/winapi", tcc_lib_path);
10470         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10471 #endif
10472     }
10473
10474     /* if bound checking, then add corresponding sections */
10475 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10476     if (do_bounds_check) {
10477         /* define symbol */
10478         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__BOUNDS_CHECKING_ON", NULL);
10479         /* create bounds sections */
10480         bounds_section = new_section(s, ".bounds",
10481                                      SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10482         lbounds_section = new_section(s, ".lbounds",
10483                                       SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10484     }
10485 #endif
10486
10487     if (s->char_is_unsigned) {
10488         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__CHAR_UNSIGNED__", NULL);
10489     }
10490
10491     /* add debug sections */
10492     if (do_debug) {
10493         /* stab symbols */
10494         stab_section = new_section(s, ".stab", SHT_PROGBITS, 0);
10495         stab_section->sh_entsize = sizeof(Stab_Sym);
10496         stabstr_section = new_section(s, ".stabstr", SHT_STRTAB, 0);
10497         put_elf_str(stabstr_section, "");
10498         stab_section->link = stabstr_section;
10499         /* put first entry */
10500         put_stabs("", 0, 0, 0, 0);
10501     }
10502
10503     /* add libc crt1/crti objects */
10504 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10505     if ((output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE || output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL) &&
10506         !s->nostdlib) {
10507         if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
10508             tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crt1.o");
10509         tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crti.o");
10510     }
10511 #endif
10512
10513 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10514     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib", tcc_lib_path);
10515     tcc_add_library_path(s, buf);
10516 #endif
10517
10518     return 0;
10519 }
10520
10521 #define WD_ALL    0x0001 /* warning is activated when using -Wall */
10522 #define FD_INVERT 0x0002 /* invert value before storing */
10523
10524 typedef struct FlagDef {
10525     uint16_t offset;
10526     uint16_t flags;
10527     const char *name;
10528 } FlagDef;
10529
10530 static const FlagDef warning_defs[] = {
10531     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_unsupported), 0, "unsupported" },
10532     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_write_strings), 0, "write-strings" },
10533     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_error), 0, "error" },
10534     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_implicit_function_declaration), WD_ALL,
10535       "implicit-function-declaration" },
10536 };
10537
10538 static int set_flag(TCCState *s, const FlagDef *flags, int nb_flags,
10539                     const char *name, int value)
10540 {
10541     int i;
10542     const FlagDef *p;
10543     const char *r;
10544
10545     r = name;
10546     if (r[0] == 'n' && r[1] == 'o' && r[2] == '-') {
10547         r += 3;
10548         value = !value;
10549     }
10550     for(i = 0, p = flags; i < nb_flags; i++, p++) {
10551         if (!strcmp(r, p->name))
10552             goto found;
10553     }
10554     return -1;
10555  found:
10556     if (p->flags & FD_INVERT)
10557         value = !value;
10558     *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = value;
10559     return 0;
10560 }
10561
10562
10563 /* set/reset a warning */
10564 int tcc_set_warning(TCCState *s, const char *warning_name, int value)
10565 {
10566     int i;
10567     const FlagDef *p;
10568
10569     if (!strcmp(warning_name, "all")) {
10570         for(i = 0, p = warning_defs; i < countof(warning_defs); i++, p++) {
10571             if (p->flags & WD_ALL)
10572                 *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = 1;
10573         }
10574         return 0;
10575     } else {
10576         return set_flag(s, warning_defs, countof(warning_defs),
10577                         warning_name, value);
10578     }
10579 }
10580
10581 static const FlagDef flag_defs[] = {
10582     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), 0, "unsigned-char" },
10583     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), FD_INVERT, "signed-char" },
10584     { offsetof(TCCState, nocommon), FD_INVERT, "common" },
10585     { offsetof(TCCState, leading_underscore), 0, "leading-underscore" },
10586 };
10587
10588 /* set/reset a flag */
10589 int tcc_set_flag(TCCState *s, const char *flag_name, int value)
10590 {
10591     return set_flag(s, flag_defs, countof(flag_defs),
10592                     flag_name, value);
10593 }
10594
10595 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
10596
10597 static int64_t getclock_us(void)
10598 {
10599 #ifdef _WIN32
10600     struct _timeb tb;
10601     _ftime(&tb);
10602     return (tb.time * 1000LL + tb.millitm) * 1000LL;
10603 #else
10604     struct timeval tv;
10605     gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
10606     return tv.tv_sec * 1000000LL + tv.tv_usec;
10607 #endif
10608 }
10609
10610 void help(void)
10611 {
10612     printf("tcc version " TCC_VERSION " - Tiny C Compiler - Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Fabrice Bellard\n"
10613            "usage: tcc [-v] [-c] [-o outfile] [-Bdir] [-bench] [-Idir] [-Dsym[=val]] [-Usym]\n"
10614            "           [-Wwarn] [-g] [-b] [-bt N] [-Ldir] [-llib] [-shared] [-soname name]\n"
10615            "           [-static] [infile1 infile2...] [-run infile args...]\n"
10616            "\n"
10617            "General options:\n"
10618            "  -v          display current version, increase verbosity\n"
10619            "  -c          compile only - generate an object file\n"
10620            "  -o outfile  set output filename\n"
10621            "  -Bdir       set tcc internal library path\n"
10622            "  -bench      output compilation statistics\n"
10623            "  -run        run compiled source\n"
10624            "  -fflag      set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'flag' (see man page)\n"
10625            "  -Wwarning   set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'warning' (see man page)\n"
10626            "  -w          disable all warnings\n"
10627            "Preprocessor options:\n"
10628            "  -E          preprocess only\n"
10629            "  -Idir       add include path 'dir'\n"
10630            "  -Dsym[=val] define 'sym' with value 'val'\n"
10631            "  -Usym       undefine 'sym'\n"
10632            "Linker options:\n"
10633            "  -Ldir       add library path 'dir'\n"
10634            "  -llib       link with dynamic or static library 'lib'\n"
10635            "  -shared     generate a shared library\n"
10636            "  -soname     set name for shared library to be used at runtime\n"
10637            "  -static     static linking\n"
10638            "  -rdynamic   export all global symbols to dynamic linker\n"
10639            "  -r          generate (relocatable) object file\n"
10640            "Debugger options:\n"
10641            "  -g          generate runtime debug info\n"
10642 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10643            "  -b          compile with built-in memory and bounds checker (implies -g)\n"
10644 #endif
10645            "  -bt N       show N callers in stack traces\n"
10646            );
10647 }
10648
10649 #define TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG 0x0001
10650 #define TCC_OPTION_NOSEP   0x0002 /* cannot have space before option and arg */
10651
10652 typedef struct TCCOption {
10653     const char *name;
10654     uint16_t index;
10655     uint16_t flags;
10656 } TCCOption;
10657
10658 enum {
10659     TCC_OPTION_HELP,
10660     TCC_OPTION_I,
10661     TCC_OPTION_D,
10662     TCC_OPTION_U,
10663     TCC_OPTION_L,
10664     TCC_OPTION_B,
10665     TCC_OPTION_l,
10666     TCC_OPTION_bench,
10667     TCC_OPTION_bt,
10668     TCC_OPTION_b,
10669     TCC_OPTION_g,
10670     TCC_OPTION_c,
10671     TCC_OPTION_static,
10672     TCC_OPTION_shared,
10673     TCC_OPTION_soname,
10674     TCC_OPTION_o,
10675     TCC_OPTION_r,
10676     TCC_OPTION_Wl,
10677     TCC_OPTION_W,
10678     TCC_OPTION_O,
10679     TCC_OPTION_m,
10680     TCC_OPTION_f,
10681     TCC_OPTION_nostdinc,
10682     TCC_OPTION_nostdlib,
10683     TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs,
10684     TCC_OPTION_rdynamic,
10685     TCC_OPTION_run,
10686     TCC_OPTION_v,
10687     TCC_OPTION_w,
10688     TCC_OPTION_pipe,
10689     TCC_OPTION_E,
10690 };
10691
10692 static const TCCOption tcc_options[] = {
10693     { "h", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10694     { "?", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10695     { "I", TCC_OPTION_I, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10696     { "D", TCC_OPTION_D, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10697     { "U", TCC_OPTION_U, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10698     { "L", TCC_OPTION_L, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10699     { "B", TCC_OPTION_B, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10700     { "l", TCC_OPTION_l, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10701     { "bench", TCC_OPTION_bench, 0 },
10702     { "bt", TCC_OPTION_bt, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10703 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10704     { "b", TCC_OPTION_b, 0 },
10705 #endif
10706     { "g", TCC_OPTION_g, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10707     { "c", TCC_OPTION_c, 0 },
10708     { "static", TCC_OPTION_static, 0 },
10709     { "shared", TCC_OPTION_shared, 0 },
10710     { "soname", TCC_OPTION_soname, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10711     { "o", TCC_OPTION_o, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10712     { "run", TCC_OPTION_run, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10713     { "rdynamic", TCC_OPTION_rdynamic, 0 },
10714     { "r", TCC_OPTION_r, 0 },
10715     { "Wl,", TCC_OPTION_Wl, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10716     { "W", TCC_OPTION_W, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10717     { "O", TCC_OPTION_O, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10718     { "m", TCC_OPTION_m, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10719     { "f", TCC_OPTION_f, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10720     { "nostdinc", TCC_OPTION_nostdinc, 0 },
10721     { "nostdlib", TCC_OPTION_nostdlib, 0 },
10722     { "print-search-dirs", TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs, 0 },
10723     { "v", TCC_OPTION_v, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10724     { "w", TCC_OPTION_w, 0 },
10725     { "pipe", TCC_OPTION_pipe, 0},
10726     { "E", TCC_OPTION_E, 0},
10727     { NULL },
10728 };
10729
10730 /* convert 'str' into an array of space separated strings */
10731 static int expand_args(char ***pargv, const char *str)
10732 {
10733     const char *s1;
10734     char **argv, *arg;
10735     int argc, len;
10736
10737     argc = 0;
10738     argv = NULL;
10739     for(;;) {
10740         while (is_space(*str))
10741             str++;
10742         if (*str == '\0')
10743             break;
10744         s1 = str;
10745         while (*str != '\0' && !is_space(*str))
10746             str++;
10747         len = str - s1;
10748         arg = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
10749         memcpy(arg, s1, len);
10750         arg[len] = '\0';
10751         dynarray_add((void ***)&argv, &argc, arg);
10752     }
10753     *pargv = argv;
10754     return argc;
10755 }
10756
10757 static char **files;
10758 static int nb_files, nb_libraries;
10759 static int multiple_files;
10760 static int print_search_dirs;
10761 static int output_type;
10762 static int reloc_output;
10763 static const char *outfile;
10764
10765 int parse_args(TCCState *s, int argc, char **argv)
10766 {
10767     int optind;
10768     const TCCOption *popt;
10769     const char *optarg, *p1, *r1;
10770     char *r;
10771
10772     optind = 0;
10773     while (optind < argc) {
10774
10775         r = argv[optind++];
10776         if (r[0] != '-' || r[1] == '\0') {
10777             /* add a new file */
10778             dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10779             if (!multiple_files) {
10780                 optind--;
10781                 /* argv[0] will be this file */
10782                 break;
10783             }
10784         } else {
10785             /* find option in table (match only the first chars */
10786             popt = tcc_options;
10787             for(;;) {
10788                 p1 = popt->name;
10789                 if (p1 == NULL)
10790                     error("invalid option -- '%s'", r);
10791                 r1 = r + 1;
10792                 for(;;) {
10793                     if (*p1 == '\0')
10794                         goto option_found;
10795                     if (*r1 != *p1)
10796                         break;
10797                     p1++;
10798                     r1++;
10799                 }
10800                 popt++;
10801             }
10802         option_found:
10803             if (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG) {
10804                 if (*r1 != '\0' || (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_NOSEP)) {
10805                     optarg = r1;
10806                 } else {
10807                     if (optind >= argc)
10808                         error("argument to '%s' is missing", r);
10809                     optarg = argv[optind++];
10810                 }
10811             } else {
10812                 if (*r1 != '\0')
10813                     return 0;
10814                 optarg = NULL;
10815             }
10816
10817             switch(popt->index) {
10818             case TCC_OPTION_HELP:
10819                 return 0;
10820
10821             case TCC_OPTION_I:
10822                 if (tcc_add_include_path(s, optarg) < 0)
10823                     error("too many include paths");
10824                 break;
10825             case TCC_OPTION_D:
10826                 {
10827                     char *sym, *value;
10828                     sym = (char *)optarg;
10829                     value = strchr(sym, '=');
10830                     if (value) {
10831                         *value = '\0';
10832                         value++;
10833                     }
10834                     tcc_define_symbol(s, sym, value);
10835                 }
10836                 break;
10837             case TCC_OPTION_U:
10838                 tcc_undefine_symbol(s, optarg);
10839                 break;
10840             case TCC_OPTION_L:
10841                 tcc_add_library_path(s, optarg);
10842                 break;
10843             case TCC_OPTION_B:
10844                 /* set tcc utilities path (mainly for tcc development) */
10845                 tcc_lib_path = optarg;
10846                 break;
10847             case TCC_OPTION_l:
10848                 dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10849                 nb_libraries++;
10850                 break;
10851             case TCC_OPTION_bench:
10852                 do_bench = 1;
10853                 break;
10854             case TCC_OPTION_bt:
10855                 num_callers = atoi(optarg);
10856                 break;
10857 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10858             case TCC_OPTION_b:
10859                 do_bounds_check = 1;
10860                 do_debug = 1;
10861                 break;
10862 #endif
10863             case TCC_OPTION_g:
10864                 do_debug = 1;
10865                 break;
10866             case TCC_OPTION_c:
10867                 multiple_files = 1;
10868                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10869                 break;
10870             case TCC_OPTION_static:
10871                 s->static_link = 1;
10872                 break;
10873             case TCC_OPTION_shared:
10874                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_DLL;
10875                 break;
10876             case TCC_OPTION_soname:
10877                 s->soname = optarg;
10878                 break;
10879             case TCC_OPTION_o:
10880                 multiple_files = 1;
10881                 outfile = optarg;
10882                 break;
10883             case TCC_OPTION_r:
10884                 /* generate a .o merging several output files */
10885                 reloc_output = 1;
10886                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10887                 break;
10888             case TCC_OPTION_nostdinc:
10889                 s->nostdinc = 1;
10890                 break;
10891             case TCC_OPTION_nostdlib:
10892                 s->nostdlib = 1;
10893                 break;
10894             case TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs:
10895                 print_search_dirs = 1;
10896                 break;
10897             case TCC_OPTION_run:
10898                 {
10899                     int argc1;
10900                     char **argv1;
10901                     argc1 = expand_args(&argv1, optarg);
10902                     if (argc1 > 0) {
10903                         parse_args(s, argc1, argv1);
10904                     }
10905                     multiple_files = 0;
10906                     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10907                 }
10908                 break;
10909             case TCC_OPTION_v:
10910                 do {
10911                     if (0 == verbose++)
10912                         printf("tcc version %s\n", TCC_VERSION);
10913                 } while (*optarg++ == 'v');
10914                 break;
10915             case TCC_OPTION_f:
10916                 if (tcc_set_flag(s, optarg, 1) < 0 && s->warn_unsupported)
10917                     goto unsupported_option;
10918                 break;
10919             case TCC_OPTION_W:
10920                 if (tcc_set_warning(s, optarg, 1) < 0 &&
10921                     s->warn_unsupported)
10922                     goto unsupported_option;
10923                 break;
10924             case TCC_OPTION_w:
10925                 s->warn_none = 1;
10926                 break;
10927             case TCC_OPTION_rdynamic:
10928                 s->rdynamic = 1;
10929                 break;
10930             case TCC_OPTION_Wl:
10931                 {
10932                     const char *p;
10933                     if (strstart(optarg, "-Ttext,", &p)) {
10934                         s->text_addr = strtoul(p, NULL, 16);
10935                         s->has_text_addr = 1;
10936                     } else if (strstart(optarg, "--oformat,", &p)) {
10937                         if (strstart(p, "elf32-", NULL)) {
10938                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_ELF;
10939                         } else if (!strcmp(p, "binary")) {
10940                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_BINARY;
10941                         } else
10942 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10943                         if (!strcmp(p, "coff")) {
10944                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_COFF;
10945                         } else
10946 #endif
10947                         {
10948                             error("target %s not found", p);
10949                         }
10950                     } else {
10951                         error("unsupported linker option '%s'", optarg);
10952                     }
10953                 }
10954                 break;
10955             case TCC_OPTION_E:
10956                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS;
10957                 break;
10958             default:
10959                 if (s->warn_unsupported) {
10960                 unsupported_option:
10961                     warning("unsupported option '%s'", r);
10962                 }
10963                 break;
10964             }
10965         }
10966     }
10967     return optind + 1;
10968 }
10969
10970 int main(int argc, char **argv)
10971 {
10972     int i;
10973     TCCState *s;
10974     int nb_objfiles, ret, optind;
10975     char objfilename[1024];
10976     int64_t start_time = 0;
10977
10978 #ifdef _WIN32
10979     tcc_lib_path = w32_tcc_lib_path();
10980 #endif
10981
10982     s = tcc_new();
10983     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
10984     outfile = NULL;
10985     multiple_files = 1;
10986     files = NULL;
10987     nb_files = 0;
10988     nb_libraries = 0;
10989     reloc_output = 0;
10990     print_search_dirs = 0;
10991     ret = 0;
10992
10993     optind = parse_args(s, argc - 1, argv + 1);
10994     if (print_search_dirs) {
10995         /* enough for Linux kernel */
10996         printf("install: %s/\n", tcc_lib_path);
10997         return 0;
10998     }
10999     if (optind == 0 || nb_files == 0) {
11000         if (optind && verbose)
11001             return 0;
11002         help();
11003         return 1;
11004     }
11005
11006     nb_objfiles = nb_files - nb_libraries;
11007
11008     /* if outfile provided without other options, we output an
11009        executable */
11010     if (outfile && output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY)
11011         output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
11012
11013     /* check -c consistency : only single file handled. XXX: checks file type */
11014     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output) {
11015         /* accepts only a single input file */
11016         if (nb_objfiles != 1)
11017             error("cannot specify multiple files with -c");
11018         if (nb_libraries != 0)
11019             error("cannot specify libraries with -c");
11020     }
11021
11022
11023     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11024         if (!outfile) {
11025             s->outfile = stdout;
11026         } else {
11027             s->outfile = fopen(outfile, "w");
11028             if (!s->outfile)
11029                 error("could not open '%s", outfile);
11030         }
11031     } else if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11032         if (!outfile) {
11033             /* compute default outfile name */
11034             char *ext;
11035             const char *name =
11036                 strcmp(files[0], "-") == 0 ? "a" : tcc_basename(files[0]);
11037             pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), name);
11038             ext = tcc_fileextension(objfilename);
11039 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
11040             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
11041                 strcpy(ext, ".dll");
11042             else
11043             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE)
11044                 strcpy(ext, ".exe");
11045             else
11046 #endif
11047             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output && *ext)
11048                 strcpy(ext, ".o");
11049             else
11050                 pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), "a.out");
11051             outfile = objfilename;
11052         }
11053     }
11054
11055     if (do_bench) {
11056         start_time = getclock_us();
11057     }
11058
11059     tcc_set_output_type(s, output_type);
11060
11061     /* compile or add each files or library */
11062     for(i = 0; i < nb_files && ret == 0; i++) {
11063         const char *filename;
11064
11065         filename = files[i];
11066         if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11067             if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename,
11068                     AFF_PRINT_ERROR | AFF_PREPROCESS) < 0)
11069                 ret = 1;
11070         } else if (filename[0] == '-' && filename[1]) {
11071             if (tcc_add_library(s, filename + 2) < 0)
11072                 error("cannot find %s", filename);
11073         } else {
11074             if (1 == verbose)
11075                 printf("-> %s\n", filename);
11076             if (tcc_add_file(s, filename) < 0)
11077                 ret = 1;
11078         }
11079     }
11080
11081     /* free all files */
11082     tcc_free(files);
11083
11084     if (ret)
11085         goto the_end;
11086
11087     if (do_bench) {
11088         double total_time;
11089         total_time = (double)(getclock_us() - start_time) / 1000000.0;
11090         if (total_time < 0.001)
11091             total_time = 0.001;
11092         if (total_bytes < 1)
11093             total_bytes = 1;
11094         printf("%d idents, %d lines, %d bytes, %0.3f s, %d lines/s, %0.1f MB/s\n",
11095                tok_ident - TOK_IDENT, total_lines, total_bytes,
11096                total_time, (int)(total_lines / total_time),
11097                total_bytes / total_time / 1000000.0);
11098     }
11099
11100     if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11101         if (outfile)
11102             fclose(s->outfile);
11103     } else if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11104         ret = tcc_run(s, argc - optind, argv + optind);
11105     } else
11106         ret = tcc_output_file(s, outfile) ? 1 : 0;
11107  the_end:
11108     /* XXX: cannot do it with bound checking because of the malloc hooks */
11109     if (!do_bounds_check)
11110         tcc_delete(s);
11111
11112 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
11113     if (do_bench) {
11114         printf("memory: %d bytes, max = %d bytes\n", mem_cur_size, mem_max_size);
11115     }
11116 #endif
11117     return ret;
11118 }
11119
11120 #endif